WO2022022618A1 - 一种耳机 - Google Patents

一种耳机 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022022618A1
WO2022022618A1 PCT/CN2021/109154 CN2021109154W WO2022022618A1 WO 2022022618 A1 WO2022022618 A1 WO 2022022618A1 CN 2021109154 W CN2021109154 W CN 2021109154W WO 2022022618 A1 WO2022022618 A1 WO 2022022618A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ear
hook
earphone
holding
elastic
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/109154
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
郑泽英
徐江
王永根
张浩锋
赖淦
王冲
王力维
韩瑞欣
张磊
付峻江
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=80037638&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2022022618(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to EP22216662.1A priority Critical patent/EP4187918A1/en
Priority to MX2022016098A priority patent/MX2022016098A/es
Priority to KR1020227045388A priority patent/KR102769972B1/ko
Priority to CA3185608A priority patent/CA3185608C/en
Priority to CN202180027709.9A priority patent/CN115428473B/zh
Application filed by Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd filed Critical Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd
Priority to AU2021314878A priority patent/AU2021314878B2/en
Priority to PE2022002925A priority patent/PE20230883A1/es
Priority to EP21850910.7A priority patent/EP4124062A4/en
Priority to JP2022577715A priority patent/JP7541126B2/ja
Priority to BR122022026446-8A priority patent/BR122022026446A2/pt
Priority to KR1020227042942A priority patent/KR102662483B1/ko
Priority to BR112022023629A priority patent/BR112022023629A2/pt
Priority to PCT/CN2021/131927 priority patent/WO2022227514A1/zh
Priority to BR112022023372-8A priority patent/BR112022023372B1/pt
Priority to JP2022580472A priority patent/JP7541131B2/ja
Priority to EP21938133.2A priority patent/EP4131997A4/en
Priority to KR1020227044224A priority patent/KR102714280B1/ko
Priority to CN202111408328.3A priority patent/CN115243137B/zh
Priority to US17/457,258 priority patent/US11838705B2/en
Priority to US17/646,304 priority patent/US11985473B2/en
Priority to US17/646,492 priority patent/US12088989B2/en
Publication of WO2022022618A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022022618A1/zh
Priority to TW111111172A priority patent/TWI851980B/zh
Priority to US18/047,639 priority patent/US12094444B2/en
Priority to US18/057,219 priority patent/US12279084B2/en
Priority to CONC2022/0018340A priority patent/CO2022018340A2/es
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US18/356,200 priority patent/US12389172B2/en
Priority to US18/361,844 priority patent/US12413915B2/en
Priority to US18/476,276 priority patent/US12506997B2/en
Priority to US18/476,212 priority patent/US20240031724A1/en
Priority to US18/475,376 priority patent/US20240031723A1/en
Priority to US18/476,225 priority patent/US20240031725A1/en
Priority to US18/476,438 priority patent/US20240031726A1/en
Priority to US18/506,118 priority patent/US20240073583A1/en
Priority to US18/829,242 priority patent/US20250008255A1/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1008—Earpieces of the supra-aural or circum-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1016—Earpieces of the intra-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1041—Mechanical or electronic switches, or control elements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/105—Earpiece supports, e.g. ear hooks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1083—Reduction of ambient noise
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1091—Details not provided for in groups H04R1/1008 - H04R1/1083
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H04R1/1066—Constructional aspects of the interconnection between earpiece and earpiece support
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2869—Reduction of undesired resonances, i.e. standing waves within enclosure, or of undesired vibrations, i.e. of the enclosure itself
    • H04R1/2884—Reduction of undesired resonances, i.e. standing waves within enclosure, or of undesired vibrations, i.e. of the enclosure itself by means of the enclosure structure, i.e. strengthening or shape of the enclosure
    • H04R1/2888—Reduction of undesired resonances, i.e. standing waves within enclosure, or of undesired vibrations, i.e. of the enclosure itself by means of the enclosure structure, i.e. strengthening or shape of the enclosure for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/06—Loudspeakers
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of sound-generating instruments, and in particular, to an earphone.
  • Headphones have been widely used in people's daily life, and can be used in conjunction with electronic devices such as mobile phones and computers, so as to provide users with a feast of hearing.
  • electronic devices such as mobile phones and computers
  • they can generally be divided into air conduction earphones and bone conduction earphones; according to the way users wear earphones, they can generally be divided into headphone, ear-hook earphones and in-ear earphones; according to earphones
  • the interaction with electronic devices can generally be divided into wired earphones and wireless earphones.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an earphone, the earphone includes a hook portion, a connection portion, and a holding portion, wherein in a wearing state, the hook portion is used to hang between the back side of the user's ear and the head, to hold the
  • the hook part is used to contact the front side of the ear part
  • the connecting part connects the hook part and the holding part, and extends from the head to the outside of the head part, and then cooperates with the hook part to provide the holding part with pressing on the front side of the ear part force.
  • the earphone provided by the present application is provided with a connecting part between the hook-shaped part and the holding part, and the connecting part can adapt to the thickness of the ear part, so that the earphone can bypass the upper ear root and its adjacent tissues in the wearing state , which is beneficial to increase wearing comfort and stability.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the front side structure of a contour of the user's ear according to the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a front view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application
  • Fig. 3 is the left side view structure schematic diagram of the earphone in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 4 is the front side perspective schematic diagram of the earphone in the wearing state in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 5 is the rear side perspective schematic diagram of the earphone in the wearing state in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 6 is the mechanical model schematic diagram of the earphone in the wearing state in Fig. 2;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic front view structure diagram of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is the left side view structure schematic diagram of the earphone in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 9 is the front side perspective schematic diagram of the earphone in the wearing state in Fig. 7;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic view of the rear side view of the earphone in the wearing state in FIG. 7;
  • Fig. 11 is the mechanical model schematic diagram of the earphone in the wearing state in Fig. 7;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic top-view structural diagram of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic front view structure diagram of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of still another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the mechanical model of the headset in the wearing state in FIG. 14;
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of the surface structure of the skin contact area of the battery part in the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of different embodiments of the extension part in FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of still another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is the perspective structure schematic diagram of the hook portion in Fig. 8;
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the elastic metal wire in Fig. 19 on a reference plane perpendicular to the extending direction of the hook portion;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic front view structure diagram of still another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly described in the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of the rotating shaft assembly in Figure 22 before and after assembly;
  • 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly described in the present application.
  • Fig. 25 is a schematic view of the disassembled structure of an embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly in Fig. 24;
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the rotating shaft assembly in FIG. 25;
  • Fig. 27 is a schematic view of the disassembled structure of another embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly in Fig. 24;
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the rotating shaft assembly in FIG. 27;
  • 29 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of any embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application in the XY plane;
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the side facing away from the ear according to an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application facing the side of the ear;
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the headset provided by the present application viewed from the top side of the user's head;
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • 35 is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • 36 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the side facing away from the ear according to an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • 38 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application viewed from the top side of the user's head;
  • 39 is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • 40 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the movement provided by the present application facing the side of the main board;
  • 41 is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of the side facing away from the ear according to an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the headset provided by the present application viewed from the top of the user's head;
  • 44 is a schematic diagram of a disassembled structure of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the separator provided by the present application facing the movement side;
  • 46 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • 47 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • 48 is a schematic diagram of the sound field distribution of the acoustic dipole provided by the application.
  • 49 is a schematic diagram of the sound field distribution of the acoustic dipole provided by the present application with a baffle;
  • 50 is a schematic diagram of the far-field sound pressure of whether the acoustic dipole provided by the present application is equipped with a baffle;
  • 51 is a schematic diagram of a theoretical model of an acoustic dipole provided by the present application with a baffle;
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between parameter ⁇ and included angle ⁇ provided by the application.
  • 53 is a schematic diagram of the relative relationship between an embodiment of the acoustic dipole provided by the present application and the ear;
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application facing the side of the ear;
  • 55 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • 56 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • 57 is a schematic structural diagram of the rear cavity of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • 58 is a schematic diagram of a frequency response curve of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic structural diagram of three embodiments of the earphone provided in the present application in a wearing state, respectively.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the front side structure of a contour of the user's ear according to the present application.
  • the concha 103 and the triangular fossa 104 also have a certain depth and volume in the three-dimensional space.
  • the wearing of the earphone and the transmission of mechanical vibration can also be realized, and the user's external auditory canal 101 can be "liberated", thereby increasing the number of users. good health and reduce the risk of traffic accidents.
  • the present application proposes an earphone in a different way, and mainly uses the upper half of the user's ear 100 (specifically, the concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, the antihelix 105, the auricular 106, the helix 107 and other parts.
  • the area where it is located in order to realize the wearing of the headset and the transmission of mechanical vibration.
  • the user's earlobe 108 and other parts may also be used.
  • some special physiological positions on the ear 100 may be further identified, for example, the upper ear root LA where the front edge of the helix 107 is connected to the head, the Darwinian tubercle LB on the helix 107, and the antihelix 105 close to the earlobe.
  • One end of 108 and the rim notch LC facing the concha cavity 102, and the inter-screen notch LD at the end of the concha cavity 102 close to the earlobe 108.
  • physiological positions such as Darwin's nodules may not be obvious on the ears of some users, or even not exist, but this does not mean that other users do not have the physiological positions on the ears.
  • the external auditory canal has a certain depth to extend to the tympanic membrane, for ease of description and in conjunction with FIG. 1 , unless otherwise specified in this application, the external auditory canal specifically refers to the entrance away from the tympanic membrane, that is, the ear hole. .
  • the "front side of the ear” described in this application is a concept relative to the "rear side of the ear", the former refers to the side of the ear away from the head, such as in Figure 1, the latter refers to the side of the ear toward the head On one side of the head, they are aimed at the user's ear.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view of the front structure of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the left view structure of the earphone in FIG. 2
  • FIG. 4 is a front view of the earphone in the wearing state in FIG. 2
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a rear view of the headset in FIG. 2 in a wearing state.
  • the three directions of X, Y, and Z of the earphone are shown in FIG. 2 , mainly to illustrate the three planes of XY, XZ, and YZ, so as to facilitate the corresponding description later.
  • the earphone 10 may include a hook portion 11 , a connecting portion 12 and a holding portion 13 .
  • the connecting portion 12 connects the hook portion 11 and the holding portion 13 so that the earphone 10 is curved in a three-dimensional space when the earphone 10 is in a non-wearing state (ie, a natural state).
  • a non-wearing state ie, a natural state
  • the hook portion 11 , the connecting portion 12 , and the holding portion 13 are not coplanar. In this way, when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG.
  • the hook-shaped part 11 can be mainly used to hang between the back side of the user's ear and the head, and the holding part 13 can be Mainly for contacting the front side of the user's ear, thereby allowing the retaining portion 13 and the hook portion 11 to cooperate to grip the ear.
  • the connecting portion 12 may extend from the head to the outside of the head, and then cooperate with the hook portion 11 to provide the holding portion 13 with a pressing force on the front side of the ear.
  • the holding portion 13 can be pressed against the area where the concha, the triangular fossa, the antihelix and other parts are located under the action of the pressing force, so that the earphone 10 does not block the external auditory canal of the ear when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state.
  • the projection of the holding portion 13 on the user's ear mainly falls within the range of the helix of the ear; further, the holding portion 13 may be located on the side of the external auditory canal of the ear close to the top of the user's head , and in contact with the helix and/or the antihelix. In this way, the holding portion 13 can be prevented from covering the external auditory canal, thereby liberating the user's ears; the contact area between the holding portion 13 and the ear portion can also be increased, thereby improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10 .
  • a simulator with a head and its (left and right) ears can be made, such as GRAS 45BC KEMAR, so this application
  • the descriptions such as “the user wears the earphone” or “the earphone is in the wearing state” may refer to the earphone being worn on the ear of the aforementioned simulator.
  • the "wearing state” described in this application may refer to the normal wearing state after the earphone is worn on the ear of the aforementioned simulator; for the convenience of description, the aforementioned normal wearing state may be further viewed from the front side and rear side of the ear, etc.
  • the normal wearing state shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 and another example is the normal wearing state shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 .
  • the actual wearing state of the earphone 10 may be different from the aforementioned normal wearing state.
  • the thickness of their ears is often thick (commonly known as "thick ears”).
  • the connection relationship which will be exemplarily explained later, can not only ensure that the earphone 10 fits the ear as much as possible to improve the wearing stability of the earphone 10, but also avoid the earphone 10 from excessively clamping the helix near the base of the upper ear. , that is, the upper ear base is naturally bypassed, so as to improve the wearing comfort of the earphone 10 .
  • the thickness of their ears is often thinner (commonly known as "thin ears"), especially compared with the thickness of adult male ears, in order to increase the earphone 10
  • the size of the connecting portion 12 may be small to fit the user's ear in the wearing state.
  • the connecting portion 12 is an arc transition between the holding portion 13 and the hook portion 11 .
  • the earphone 10 may further include a movement 14 , a main board 15 and a battery 16 .
  • the movement 14 is mainly used to convert electrical signals into corresponding mechanical vibrations (that is, "sound"), and can be electrically connected to the main board 15 and the battery 16 through corresponding conductors;
  • the main board 15 is mainly used to control
  • the battery 16 is mainly used to provide electrical energy for the sound of the movement 14 .
  • the headset 10 described in this application may also include microphones such as microphones and pickups, and may further include communication devices such as Bluetooth and NFC (Near Field Communication), which communicate with the main board 15, the battery through corresponding conductors 16 Electrical connections to achieve corresponding functions.
  • Bluetooth and NFC Near Field Communication
  • the movement 14 can be fixed on the holding portion 13, and when the earphone 10 is in a wearing state, the movement 14 can be tightly pressed against the user's ear under the action of a pressing force. Further, when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, since the holding part 13 is mainly located on the front side of the user's ear, as shown in FIG. Function keys (not shown in FIG. 2 ) that facilitate the user to interact with the headset 10 . Based on this, the main board 15 can also be disposed on the holding portion 13 to shorten the wiring distance between the movement 14 and other functions such as function keys and the main board 15 .
  • the holding part 13 can be provided with the movement 14, the main board 15, the function buttons, etc., and is located on the front side of the user's ear when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, so that the battery 16 can be arranged on the hook-shaped part 11,
  • the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, it is mainly located between the back side of the user's ear and the head, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • This arrangement can not only increase the capacity of the battery 16 to improve the endurance of the earphone 10 , but also balance the weight of the earphone 10 to improve the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the weight ratio between the total weight of the holding portion 13 and the total weight of the portion of the hook portion 11 corresponding to the battery 16 can be set at Within 4:1, preferably within 3:1, more preferably within 2.5:1. 2 and 3 , in some embodiments, the total weight of the holding portion 13 is the self-weight of the holding portion 13 and the weight of structural components such as the movement 14 and the main board 15 ; the total weight of the battery portion is the battery The self-weight of the part and the weight of the structural parts such as the battery 16.
  • the structural parts in the holding part 13 and the structural parts in the above-mentioned battery part can be changed according to the design requirements.
  • the weight ratio has no effect and will not be repeated here.
  • the weight of the earphone 10 can be distributed evenly at both ends, and the user's ear can also be used as a fulcrum to support the earphone 10 when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, so that the earphone 10 can at least be in the non-moving state when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state. Does not slip down.
  • the user's ear will bear most of the weight of the earphone 10 , which may easily cause discomfort in the scenario of wearing it for a long time.
  • the structures of the hook portion 11 , the connecting portion 12 , the holding portion 13 and the like can be made of softer materials (such as polycarbonate, polyamide, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer, silica gel, etc.). , so as to improve the wearing comfort of the earphone 10 .
  • structures such as spring steel, titanium alloy, titanium-nickel alloy, chrome-molybdenum steel, aluminum alloy, copper alloy can also be arranged in the hook-shaped part 11, the connecting part 12, the holding part 13, etc. Iso-elastic wire.
  • connection part 12 and the above-mentioned battery part can be made of a harder material, and the middle part between the two can be made of the above-mentioned softer material;
  • the earphone 10 When the earphone 10 is used, the area of the hook-shaped portion 11 in contact with the user is selected from the above-mentioned softer material, and the remaining area is selected from the above-mentioned harder material.
  • the above-mentioned hard material may include but not limited to polycarbonate (Polycarbonate, PC), polyamide (Polyamides, PA), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene, ABS), polyamide Styrene (PS), High Impact Polystyrene (HIPS), Polypropylene (PP), Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET), Polyvinyl Chloride , PVC), Polyurethane (Polyurethanes, PU), Polyethylene (Polyethylene, PE), Phenol Formaldehyde (PF), Poly (ester sulfones, PES), Polyvinylidene chloride (Polyvinylidene chloride) , PVDC), polymethyl methacrylate (Polymethyl Methacrylate, PMMA), polyether ether ketone (Poly-ether-ether-ketone, PEEK), etc. or a mixture of at least two of them,
  • the skin contact area can be made of the above-mentioned softer material, and the other areas can be made of the above-mentioned harder material, and the different materials are formed by two-color injection molding, spraying touch paint and other processes.
  • the Shore hardness of the above soft material may be 45-85A and 30-60D.
  • the above-mentioned soft material and the above-mentioned hard material can be coated on the elastic metal wire.
  • the hook-shaped part 11 can be rotated relative to the connecting part 12, or the holding part 13 can be rotated relative to the connecting part 12, or a part of the connecting part 12 can be rotated relative to another part, so that the hook-shaped part 11, the connecting part 12.
  • the relative positional relationship of the holding portion 13 in the three-dimensional space can be adjusted, so that the earphone 10 can be adapted to different users, that is, to increase the applicable range of the earphone 10 to users in terms of wearing.
  • the connecting part 12 is made of deformable material such as soft steel wire, and the user bends the connecting part 12 to rotate one part relative to the other part, so as to adjust the position of the hook part 11 , the connecting part 12 and the holding part 13 in the three-dimensional space. relative position to meet its wearing needs.
  • the connecting portion 12 is provided with a rotating shaft mechanism 121 , and the user can also adjust the relative positions of the hook portion 11 , the connecting portion 12 , and the holding portion 13 in the three-dimensional space through the rotating shaft mechanism 121 to meet their wearing requirements.
  • the detailed structure of the rotating shaft mechanism 121 is within the understanding of those skilled in the art, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the hook-shaped part 11 and the connecting part 12 are movably connected through the rotating shaft mechanism 121, the hook-shaped part 11 can rotate relative to the connecting part 12; if the holding part 13 and the connecting part 12 are movably connected through the rotating shaft mechanism 121, the holding part 13 is rotatable relative to the connecting part 12; if a part of the connecting part 12 is movably connected to another part through the rotating shaft mechanism 121, one part of the connecting part 12 is rotatable relative to the other part.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a mechanical model of the headset in FIG. 2 in a wearing state.
  • the YZ plane in Fig. 6 can be regarded as the plane where the user's head is located; the ABC segment in Fig. 6 can be regarded as the hook portion, the CD segment in Fig. 6 can be regarded as the connecting portion, and the DEF segment in Fig. as a holding department.
  • point C in FIG. 6 may correspond to the area where the upper proximal end of the ear in FIG. 1 is located (the area shown by the dotted box C in FIG. 1 ).
  • the ABC segment is mainly located on the back side of the user's ear
  • the DEF segment is mainly located on the front side of the user's ear
  • the CD segment is mainly adapted to the user's ear. thickness of the part.
  • the BC segment, the CD segment, and the DEF segment can form a structure similar to a "clip", so that the earphone 10 can be clamped on the user's ear, thereby forming a basic wearing posture.
  • the following is an exemplary description of the force of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing and its stability:
  • the hook-shaped part 11 Bend towards the user's head and form a first contact point B and a second contact point A with the head.
  • the first contact point B is located between the second contact point A and the first connection point C.
  • the first contact point B and the second contact point A are both defined points in the mechanical model.
  • the position where the earphone 10 contacts the head when actually worn may correspond to the free end of the hook portion 11, or may be any point between the above-mentioned free end and the first contact point B; of course,
  • the AB segment can also be in contact with the user's head in part or as a whole, and its mechanical model and the stabilization principle in actual wearing are the same as the above-mentioned technical solutions, which means that those skilled in the art do not rely on creativity on the basis of the technical solutions of the present application. It is easy to know and adjust the content of cooperation through labor, and will not be repeated here.
  • This arrangement is such that the hook portion 11 forms a lever structure with the first contact point B as a fulcrum.
  • the free end of the hook portion 11 is pressed against the user's head, and the user's head provides a force directed to the outside of the head at the second contact point A, and the force is converted into the first connection through the lever structure
  • the head-directed force at point C provides the holding portion 13 via the connecting portion 12 with a pressing force against the front side of the ear.
  • the acting force must at least meet the following conditions: the angle formed between the free end of the hook portion 11 and the YZ plane when the earphone 10 is in the non-wearing state is greater than the angle formed between the free end of the hook portion 11 and the YZ plane when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state. The angle formed between the planes.
  • the user's head the user's head can provide a force directed to the outside of the head at the second contact point A is correspondingly larger.
  • the hook-shaped part 11 when the free end of the hook-shaped part 11 is pressed against the user's head, in addition to making the user's head provide a force directed to the outside of the head at the second contact point A, the hook-shaped part 11 will also At least the BC segment of the part 11 forms another pressing force against the rear side of the ear, and can cooperate with the pressing force formed by the holding part 13 against the front side of the ear to form a "front-to-rear pinch" on the user's ear The compression effect is improved, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the battery 16 can be mainly disposed on the AB section of the hook portion 11 so as to overcome the self-weight of the holding portion 13 and its inner core 14, main board 15 and other structures, thereby improving the wearing stability of the earphone 10.
  • the surface of the hook-shaped part 11 in contact with the user's ear and head can also be set to a frosted surface, a textured surface, etc. to increase the friction between the hook-shaped part 11 and the user's ear and head.
  • the main board 15 and other structures the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing is improved.
  • the free end of the hook-shaped part 11 (especially the area where point A is located) can be deformed, so that when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the free end of the hook-shaped part 11 is pressed against the user's head and deformed, so that the hook
  • the contact area between the free end of the shaped portion 11 and the user's head increases, thereby improving the comfort and stability of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the hook-shaped portion 11 is formed by two-color injection molding, and the elastic modulus of its free end (especially the region where point A is located) is smaller than that of other regions, so as to increase the deformability of the free end.
  • the free end of the hook-shaped portion 11 is provided with a hole 111 to form a hollow structure, so as to increase the deformability of the free end.
  • the holes 111 may be through holes and/or blind holes, the number of which may be one or more, and the axis direction of which may be perpendicular to the contact surface between the free end of the hook portion 11 and the user's head.
  • the skin contact area of the above-mentioned battery part is formed with a textured structure.
  • the textured structure can be a plurality of strip-shaped protrusions 112a distributed at intervals along the length direction of the hook-shaped portion 11;
  • the texture structure may also be a plurality of dot-like protrusions 112b distributed at intervals along the length direction of the hook-shaped portion 11; of course, the texture structure may also be in the form of a grid.
  • the skin contact area of the battery part may also be provided with a semi-spindle-shaped protrusion 112c extending along the length direction of the hook-shaped part 11 .
  • the semi-spindle-shaped protrusion 112c is in a direction close to the free end of the hook-shaped portion 11 (in the direction shown by the arrow in FIG. The raised height of the portion 11 first gradually increases and then gradually decreases.
  • the above-mentioned various kinds of protrusions can be selected from materials with soft texture, large damping coefficient and certain skin-friendly properties. Further, through the above various embodiments, the friction coefficient of the skin contact area of the battery part can reach 0.1-1.0.
  • the linear distance between the projection of point C on the YZ plane and the projection of the EF segment on the YZ plane may be 10-17 mm, preferably 12-16 mm, more preferably 13-15 mm.
  • the included angle between the projection of the BC segment on the XY plane and the projection of the DE segment on the XY plane is 0-25°, preferably 0-20°, more preferably 2-20°.
  • the included angle between the AB segment and the normal line passing through point B on the XY plane is 0-25°, preferably 0-20°, more preferably 2-20°.
  • the linear distance between the projection of point C on the XY plane and the projection of the EF segment on the XY plane may be 2-4 mm, preferably 2.8 mm.
  • the linear distance between the projection of point C on the XY plane and the projection of the EF segment on the XY plane may be 1-4 mm, preferably 2.5 mm. In this way, it is convenient for the connecting portion 12 to bypass the upper auricle of the ear in the wearing state, thereby improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10 .
  • the present application distributes the weight of the earphone 10 reasonably and evenly, so that the user's ear can be used as a fulcrum to support the earphone 10 when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state;
  • a connecting portion 12 is provided between the shaped portion 11 and the holding portion 13, so that when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the connecting portion 12 cooperates with the hook-shaped portion 11 to provide the holding portion 13 with a pressing force on the front side of the ear, thereby making the earphone 10 fit.
  • 10 can be firmly attached to the user's ear when in the wearing state. This arrangement can not only improve the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing, but also improve the reliability of the earphone 10 in sound production.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic view of the front structure of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the left view structure of the earphone in FIG. 7
  • FIG. 9 is the earphone in FIG. 7 in the wearing state
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a rear perspective view of the headset in the wearing state in Figure 7
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the mechanical model of the headset in Figure 7 in the wearing state.
  • the YZ plane in Fig. 11 can be regarded as the plane where the user's head is located
  • the ABC segment in Fig. 11 can be regarded as the hook portion
  • FIG. 11 can be regarded as the connecting portion, and the DEF segment in Fig. as a holding department. Further, point C in FIG. 11 may correspond to the area where the upper proximal end of the ear in FIG. 1 is located (the area shown by the dotted box C in FIG. 1 ).
  • the ABC segment is mainly located on the back side of the user's ear
  • the DEF segment is mainly located on the front side of the user's ear
  • the CD segment is mainly adapted to the user's ear. thickness of the part.
  • the BC segment, the CD segment, and the DEF segment can form a structure similar to a "clip", so that the earphone 10 can be clamped on the user's ear, thereby forming a basic wearing posture.
  • the following is an exemplary description of the force of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing and its stability:
  • the hook-shaped portion 11 is closer to the holding portion 13 as a whole, so that when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 8 .
  • the free end of the hook-shaped portion 11 facing away from the connecting portion 12 acts on the rear side of the user's ear, rather than pressing against the user's head.
  • the hook-shaped part 11 In the direction from the first connection point C between the hook-shaped part 11 and the connecting part 12 to the free end of the hook-shaped part 11 (for example, the end at the point A in FIG. 11 ), the hook-shaped part 11 It is bent to the rear side of the ear portion to form a first contact point B with the rear side of the ear portion, and the holding portion 13 forms a second contact point F with the front side of the ear portion.
  • the distance between the first contact point B and the second contact point F along the extending direction of the connecting portion 12 in the natural state ie, the non-wearing state
  • the distance between the first contact point B and the second contact point F along the extending direction of the connecting portion 12 in the natural state is smaller than the distance between the first contact point B and the second contact point F in the wearing state.
  • the distance of the second contact point E along the extension direction of the connecting portion 12 thereby providing the holding portion 13 with a pressing force on the front side of the ear portion.
  • the distance between the first contact point B and the second contact point F along the extension direction of the connecting part 12 in the natural state of the earphone 10 is smaller than the thickness of the user's ear, so that the earphone 10 can act like a "clip" in the wearing state clipped to the user's ear.
  • connection line BC between the first contact point B and the first connection point C
  • second connection line EF between the second contact point F and the second connection point E of the holding part 13 and the connection part 12 .
  • the hook-shaped portion 11 can also extend in a direction away from the connecting portion 12, that is, the entire length of the hook-shaped portion 11 is extended, so that when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the hook-shaped portion 11 can also be connected with the back of the ear portion.
  • a third contact point A is formed on the side, and the first contact point B is located between the first connection point C and the third contact point A, and is close to the first connection point C.
  • the distance between the projections of the first contact point B and the third contact point A on the reference plane (the YZ plane in FIG.
  • the hook-shaped portion 11 can not only clamp the user's ear in the vertical direction, but also increase the contact area between the hook-shaped portion 11 and the user's ear, that is, The purpose is to increase the frictional force between the hook portion 11 and the user's ear, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the free end of the hook-shaped part 11 (such as the above-mentioned battery part) is not suitable for users with small ears.
  • a suspended state is likely to occur, that is, the hook portion 11 and the user's ear only form the first contact point B. Therefore, referring to FIGS. 7 and 8 , for the hook portion 11 , the outer diameter of the battery portion is larger than that of the other intermediate portions, that is, there is a step difference, thereby forming a progressive necking structure.
  • the hook portion 11 when the user wears the earphone 10, the hook portion 11 can not only form the first contact point B with the user's ear, but also the free end thereof can form a third contact point with the user's ear.
  • the contact point A that is, the above-mentioned battery part can form the third contact point A with the user's ear under any circumstances.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned progressive neckings may be distributed at intervals along the length direction of the hook-shaped portion 11 .
  • the aspect ratio of the length of the battery portion to the outer diameter will also affect the fit of the hook portion 11 to the user's ear.
  • the inventor of the present application found in long-term research that: with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8 , the aspect ratio of the length of the battery portion to the outer diameter can be within 6:1, preferably within 4:1.
  • the hook-shaped portion 11 can not only form the first contact point B with the user's ear, but also the free end thereof can form the third contact point A with the user's ear. User's ear fit.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic top-view structural diagram of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • the user's ear 100 generally has concave areas such as the concha cavity 102 , the concha 103 , the triangular fossa 104 , and the concha 106 ; Helix 107, helix 109 and other raised areas.
  • the earphone 10 can also be tightly fitted with the corresponding position of the ear 100 by means of elastic clamping, elastic abutment, hooking and wrapping, etc., thereby improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10 and reliability.
  • each outer surface of the holding portion 13 is now defined as follows: 1) the side of the holding portion 13 in contact with the user’s skin is defined as the inner surface; 2) the holding portion 13 is in the X direction The side opposite to the above-mentioned inner surface is defined as the outer surface; 3) the side of the holding portion 13 facing the positive direction of the Z direction is defined as the upper surface; 4) the side of the holding portion 13 facing the negative direction of the Z direction is defined as the lower surface 5) The side of the holding portion 13 facing the negative direction of the Y direction is defined as a rear surface. Wherein, if the holding portion 13 does not have a cubic structure such as shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , but has a structure such as a cylinder, an elliptical cylinder, etc., the above-mentioned upper surface, lower surface and rear surface can be collectively defined as a peripheral surface.
  • the holding portion 13 not only presses against the front side of the user's ear, but can also be further extended and held in the concha and/or triangular fossa of the ear. .
  • the holding portion 13 can be stopped by the helix of the ear at least in the extending direction of the connecting portion 12 to prevent the holding portion 13 from everting when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, thereby improving the wearing stability of the earphone 10 .
  • the earphone 10 further includes an extension part 17 , and the extension part 17 is connected with the holding part 13 .
  • the extending portion 17 and the holding portion 13 have a gap, and the gap may be less than or equal to the thickness of the helix of the ear portion. This arrangement is such that when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the extension portion 17 can protrude into the concha and/or the triangular fossa of the ear.
  • the holding part 13 can be hooked by the helix of the ear when the extension part 17 extends into the concha and/or the triangular fossa. so as to prevent the holding portion 13 from everting out when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the holding part 13 is pressed against the front side of the ear part under the action of the above-mentioned pressing force, and the two cooperate with each other, which is beneficial to increase the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the extension portion 17 may be mainly disposed on the inner surface and/or the lower surface of the holding portion 13 , and is configured to be able to extend into the concha cavity 102 after the user wears the earphone 10 Inside. At this time, the extension portion 17 and the concha cavity 102 and the surrounding human tissue can be tightly fitted in a manner of elastic abutting.
  • the extension portion 17 may be mainly disposed on the inner surface of the holding portion 13 , and is configured to be able to extend into the concha 103 after the user wears the earphone 10 . At this time, the extension portion 17 and the concha boat 103 and the surrounding human tissue can be tightly fitted in a manner of elastic clamping and/or elastic abutting.
  • the extension portion 17 may be mainly disposed on the upper surface of the holding portion 13 , and be configured to be able to extend into the triangular socket 104 after the user wears the earphone 10 . At this time, the extension portion 17 can fit closely with the triangular socket 104 and the surrounding human tissue in a manner of elastic clamping and/or elastic abutting.
  • the extension part 17 may be mainly disposed on the upper surface and/or the rear surface of the holding part 13 , and is disposed so that the user can wear the earphone 10 after the user wears the earphone 10 . into the ear boat 106 . At this time, the extension portion 17 can fit closely with the ear boat 106 and the surrounding human tissue in the manner of elastic clamping and/or elastic pressing.
  • the extension portion 17 may be mainly disposed on the rear surface of the holding portion 13 , and configured to be able to be bent from the front side of the ear portion 100 after the user wears the earphone 10 It extends to the rear side of the ear portion 100 , and then hooks the helix 107 . At this time, the extension portion 17 can be snugly fitted with the helix 107 and the surrounding human tissue in the manner of hooking and wrapping.
  • the extension portion 17 may be mainly disposed on the hook-shaped portion 11, for example, the hook-shaped portion 11 is located near the battery portion, and is configured to be able to be worn when the user wears the earphone 10. Then, it is bent and extended from the rear side of the ear portion 100 to the front side of the ear portion 100 , and then the anti-helix 105 is hooked. At this time, the extension portion 17 can closely fit with the antihelix 105 and the surrounding human tissue in a way of hooking and wrapping.
  • the extension part 17 can be mainly disposed on the hook-shaped part 11, such as the above-mentioned battery part, and can be disposed so that the user can wear the earphone 10 from the back of the ear part 100.
  • the side bends extend to the front side of the ear 100 , which in turn hooks the helix 107 .
  • the extension portion 17 can be snugly fitted with the helix 107 and the surrounding human tissue in the manner of hooking and wrapping.
  • the structural parameters such as the size and shape of the extension portion 17 can be designed according to the matching requirements between the extension portion 17 and the ear portion 100 , which are not limited herein.
  • the extension portion 17 and the corresponding structural member on the earphone 10 may be integrally formed, that is, non-detachable.
  • the extension portion 17 and the corresponding structural member on the earphone 10 can also be connected in a detachable manner.
  • a mounting hole is formed on the holding portion 13 or the corresponding position of the battery portion, and the extending portion 17 is embedded in the mounting hole.
  • the extension part 17 is integrally formed with another elastic sleeve, so that the extension part 17 is sleeved on the corresponding position on the holding part 13 or the hook-shaped part 11 through the elastic sleeve.
  • the size of the holding portion 13 in the Y direction may be 22-34 mm, preferably 24-28 mm, and more preferably 26 mm, so that the holding portion 13 can be pressed against the front side of the ear portion 100 .
  • the height dimension of the extension portion 17 in the Z direction can be 4-8mm; and when projected on the XY plane, the length dimension can be 8-15mm, and the width dimension can be 2-5mm.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic front view structure diagram of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • the holding portion 13 is a multi-segment structure, so as to adjust the relative position of the movement 14 on the overall structure of the earphone 10 .
  • the holding portion 13 is a multi-segment structure, so as to adjust the relative position of the movement 14 on the overall structure of the earphone 10 . In this way, when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the external auditory canal of the ear can not be blocked, and the movement 14 can be as close to the external auditory canal as possible.
  • the holding portion 13 may include a first holding section 131 a , a second holding section 132 a and a third holding section 133 a which are connected end to end in sequence.
  • One end of the first holding section 131a away from the second holding section 132a is connected to the connecting portion 12, and the third holding section 133a is mainly used for arranging structural components such as the movement 14 and the main board 15.
  • the second holding section 132a is folded back relative to the first holding section 131a and has a distance, that is, the two have a U-shaped structure.
  • the holding portion 13 may include a first holding section 131 b , a second holding section 132 b and a third holding section 133 b that are connected end to end in sequence.
  • One end of the first holding section 131b away from the second holding section 132b is connected to the connecting portion 12, and the third holding section 133b is mainly used for arranging structural components such as the movement 14 and the main board 15.
  • the second holding section 132b is bent relative to the first holding section 131b, so that there is a distance between the third holding section 133b and the first holding section 131b.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a mechanical model of the earphone in FIG. 14 in a wearing state.
  • the YZ plane in Fig. 15 can be regarded as the plane where the user's head is located;
  • the BC section in Fig. 15 can be regarded as the hook portion,
  • the CD section in Fig. 15 can be regarded as the connecting portion, and the DEF section in Fig. 15 can be regarded as the hook portion.
  • the GH segment in Figure 15 can be regarded as an extension part.
  • point C in FIG. 15 may correspond to the area where the upper proximal end of the ear in FIG. 1 is located (the area shown by the dotted box C in FIG. 1 ).
  • the length of the hook-shaped portion 11 is shorter, and the angle between the hook-shaped portion 11 and the connecting portion 12 is smaller;
  • the extension portion 17 It is connected with the holding part 13 and has a gap with the holding part 13 , and the gap can be smaller than or equal to the thickness of the helix of the ear part. It is set so that when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the hook-shaped part 11 cooperates with the connecting part 12 so that the holding part 13 is hung on the front side of the user's ear, and the extension part 17 can extend into the concha and the concha of the ear.
  • this embodiment is exemplified by taking the extension portion 17 extending into the ear concha boat as an example.
  • point B hooks the depression on the rear side of the ear
  • point C serves as a fulcrum
  • the hook portion 11 can overcome the self-weight of the holding portion 13 , thereby preventing the holding portion 13 from falling off the user's ear.
  • the frictional force between the hook portion 11 and the ear portion can also be increased, so as to improve the wearing stability of the earphone 10 .
  • the H point hooks the helix of the ear, and the G point serves as another fulcrum, so that the extending portion 17 can overcome the self-weight of the holding portion 13, thereby preventing the holding portion 13 from everting out of the user's ear.
  • the frictional force between the extension portion 17 and the ear portion can also be increased, so as to improve the wearing stability of the earphone 10 .
  • the related structure of the earphone 10 can also be improved as follows, so that it can meet the wearing requirements of a wider user group, and make different users wear the earphone 10. of comfort and stability.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of still another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • the free end of the hook-shaped portion 11 may also be provided with an elastic structural member 18 .
  • the elastic structural member 18 may be made of the above-mentioned relatively soft material, has a certain structural strength, and can take into account the comfort of the user wearing the earphone 10 .
  • the elastic structural member 18 can be tubular, and can be detachably sleeved on the free end of the hook portion 11 .
  • the elastic structural member 18 can be used as an accessory of the earphone 10, so that the user can install or remove it according to the actual usage requirements.
  • the part of the elastic structural member 18 in contact with the user may be provided with the above-mentioned textured structure and the above-mentioned frosted surface.
  • the elastic structural member 18 may include a first tubular portion 181 and a second tubular portion 182 that are integrally connected.
  • the first tubular portion 181 and the second tubular portion 182 are in a bent shape, and the specific bending angle can be reasonably designed according to actual use requirements.
  • the elastic structural member 18 may have a certain memory performance at least at its bending position, so that the user can flexibly adjust the above-mentioned bending angle by bending, turning over, or the like. This arrangement is such that when the user wears the earphone 10 , the elastic structural member 18 can hook the ear base dimple of the ear from the back side of the user's ear, so as to prevent the earphone 10 from falling off.
  • both the first tubular portion 181 and the second tubular portion 182 may be hollow tubular, and may be connected to each other or not connected to each other; and both may be sleeved on the free end of the hook portion 11 .
  • the first tubular portion 181 and the second tubular portion 182 are not communicated with each other for exemplary illustration, so as to improve the structural strength of the elastic structural member 18 at the bending portion thereof.
  • the length ( L1 ) of the first tubular portion 181 and the length ( L2 ) of the second tubular portion 182 may not be equal, so that the user can choose between the first tubular portion 181 and the second tubular portion 182 according to actual usage requirements.
  • the elastic structural member 18 may partially or completely cover the above-mentioned battery portion. Referring to FIG. 18 , this embodiment is exemplified by taking the elastic structure 18 partially covering the battery part as an example, for example, the elastic structure 18 covers half of the battery part.
  • the inventor of the present application found in long-term research that: with reference to FIG. 18 , the length difference between the length ( L1 ) of the first tubular portion 181 and the length ( L2 ) of the second tubular portion 182 is within the range of 2.0-8.0 mm
  • the elastic structure member 18 can better hook the ear root dimple on the back side of the ear when different users wear the earphone 10 .
  • the above-mentioned length difference is within the range of 3.5-7.0 mm.
  • the outer diameter of the battery portion can also be increased, that is, the actual outer diameter of the free end of the hook portion 11 is changed, which can better
  • the external auricle opening angles of different user groups, especially the "wind-attracting ears", are appropriately adapted, thereby improving the rotation and eversion problems of the earphone 10 .
  • a gap can be formed between the elastic structural member 18 and the battery portion, so as to achieve a technical effect similar to the aforementioned progressive necking .
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic perspective view of the hook portion in FIG. 8
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the elastic wire in FIG. 19 on a reference plane perpendicular to the extension direction of the hook portion.
  • the elastic metal wire shown in FIG. 19 is generally embedded in the hook-shaped portion and is not visible. For convenience of description, it is shown as visible outside, for example, part of the material covering the elastic metal wire is removed.
  • elastic wires 115 such as spring steel, titanium alloy, titanium-nickel alloy, chrome-molybdenum steel, etc. can also be arranged in the hook-shaped part 11 , the connecting part 12 , the holding part 13 and other structures to improve the structure of the earphone 10 strength.
  • the cross section of the elastic wire 115 may be circular.
  • the elastic metal wire 115 may be a flat sheet structure, so that the elastic metal wire 115 has different deformability in various directions.
  • the section of the elastic metal wire 115 may be a rounded rectangle as shown in FIG. 20( a ), or an oval shape as shown in FIG. 20( b ).
  • the ratio between the long side (or long axis, L3) of the elastic metal wire 115 and its short side (or short axis, L4) may be in the range of 4:1-6:1, preferably may be 5 :1.
  • the cross-section of the elastic metal wire 115 is a rectangle with rounded corners as shown in (a) in FIG.
  • the elastic metal wire 115 can also be made by punching, pre-bending and other processes. In the direction of the short axis, it is arc-shaped, so that the elastic metal wire 115 can store a certain elastic potential energy.
  • the original state of the elastic metal wire 115 is a curled shape, and after being straightened, it is made into an arc shape in the short axis direction through a stamping process, so that the elastic metal wire 115 can store a certain internal stress and maintain a straight shape, becoming "Memory wire"; when subjected to a small external force, it will return to a crimped state, thereby making the hook-shaped portion 11 fit and wrap around the human ear.
  • the ratio between the arc height ( L5 ) of the elastic wire 115 and its long side ( L3 ) may be in the range of 0.1-0.4.
  • the hook portion 11 has strong rigidity in the X direction, but also the hook portion 11 and the holding portion 13 can cooperate with the user.
  • the ear portion 100 of the hook is elastically clamped; the hook portion 11 has strong elasticity due to its bending along its length direction, so that the hook portion 11 itself can be elastically pressed against the user's ear or head.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic front view structure diagram of still another embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application.
  • connection position between the connecting portion 12 and the holding portion 13 can also be adjusted,
  • the connecting portion 12 is mainly connected with the lower edge of the holding portion 13, so that the upper half of the holding portion 13 (as shown by the dotted frame in FIG. 21 ) is not bound by the connecting portion 12, thereby compensating for the holding portion 13 to face away from the ear portion 100 outboard rollover moment.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly described in the present application
  • FIG. 23 is a structural schematic diagram of the rotating shaft assembly in FIG. 22 before and after assembly. It should be noted that: it should be noted that the rotating shaft assembly shown in FIG. 22 is generally embedded in the connecting part and is not visible. For the convenience of description, it is shown as visible outside, for example, the part covering the rotating shaft assembly is removed. Material.
  • the rotating shaft mechanism 121 can be configured as a bendable metal dome, one end of which can be connected with the hook-shaped portion 11 , and the other end can be used as a part of the connecting portion 12 .
  • the metal dome can be integrated with the connecting portion 12 and connected with the hook portion 11 through a metal insert injection molding process. In this way, the metal dome is deformed under the action of the external force F, so that the hook-shaped portion 11 relative to the holding portion 13 can be in the first use state (eg, shown by the solid line in FIG. 22 ) and the second use state (eg, in FIG. 22 ) The hook-shaped portion 11 can be rotated relative to the holding portion 13 .
  • the metal dome may include a first deformation portion 1211 , a second deformation portion 1212 and an intermediate connection portion 1213 .
  • the first deforming portion 1211 and the second deforming portion 1212 are respectively connected to both ends of the intermediate connecting portion 1213 by bending. Further, after the metal dome is installed, referring to FIG. 23 (a), the first deforming portion 1211 and the second deforming portion 1212 are respectively connected to both ends of the intermediate connecting portion 1213 by bending. Further, after the metal dome is installed, referring to FIG.
  • the free end of the first deformation portion 1211 away from the intermediate connecting portion 1213 and the free end of the second deformation portion 1212 away from the intermediate connecting portion 1213 can be directly hinged, so that the It has a triangular structure and is curved along the length direction of the hook-shaped part 11 ; or is further connected with the elastic wire in the hook-shaped part 11 .
  • the metal dome can store a certain elastic potential energy after being installed, so that it can be deformed under the action of the external force F.
  • the length of the first deformation portion 1211 and the length of the second deformation portion 1212 may be equal (denoted as L6), and may be greater than the length of the intermediate connecting portion 1213 ( L7).
  • L3 and L4 may satisfy the following relational formula: 0.1 ⁇ L7/L6 ⁇ 0.6.
  • the thickness of the metal dome can be 0.1-0.8mm.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly described in the present application
  • FIG. 25 is a disassembled structural schematic diagram of an embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly in FIG. 24
  • FIG. 26 is the rotating shaft in FIG. 25
  • 27 is a schematic diagram of the disassembled structure of another embodiment of the rotating shaft assembly in FIG. 24
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the rotating shaft assembly in FIG. 27 .
  • the rotating shaft mechanism 121 may include a first connecting base 1214 , a second connecting base 1215 , a rotating shaft 1216 and an elastic component 1217 .
  • the first connecting seat 1214 can be used as a part of the connecting part 12 ;
  • the second connecting seat 1215 can be connected with the hook-shaped part 11 (or the metal elastic wire 115 therein), and of course can also be used as a part of the hook-shaped part 11 .
  • first connecting seat 1214 and the second connecting seat 1215 are connected by the rotating shaft 1216 , so that the first connecting seat 1214 and the second connecting seat 1215 can rotate relative to each other, so that the hook-shaped portion 11 can be connected relative to each other through the rotating shaft mechanism 121
  • the part 12 and the holding part 13 rotate.
  • the elastic component 1217 is arranged to elastically hold between the first connecting seat 1214 and the second connecting seat 1215 , so as to maintain the state after the hook portion 11 is rotated relative to the holding portion 13 .
  • the second connecting seat 1215 can be partially inserted into the first connecting seat 1214 , so that the rotating shaft 1216 can pass through the first connecting seat 1214 and the second connecting seat 1215 at the same time, And then realize the rotation fit.
  • the first connecting seat 1214 may be provided with a receiving cavity 12141 with one end open
  • the elastic component 1217 may include an elastic member 12171 and a top holding member 12172 .
  • the elastic member 12171 is disposed in the receiving cavity 12141, and one end of the holding member 12172 extends into the receiving cavity 12141 to hold the elastic member 12171; the other end of the holding member 12172 holds the second connecting seat 1215.
  • the elastic member 12171 in order to facilitate the elastic assembly 1217 to be elastically supported between the first connecting seat 1214 and the second connecting seat 1215, after the assembly of the rotating shaft mechanism 121 is completed, the elastic member 12171 can be in a compressed state. Based on this, when the user wears the earphone 10, especially when the user's ear 100 is large, the hook-shaped portion 11 and the elastic wire 115 therein can be forced to rotate relative to the holding portion 13, or have a tendency to rotate, Then, the second connecting base 1215 is rotated relative to the first connecting base 1214 , and the elastic member 12171 is compressed by the pressing member 12172 . At this time, based on Newton's third law, the elastic member 12171 reacts against the holding member 12172 to hold the second connecting seat 1215, thereby at least making the hook portion 11 fit the user's ear 100 more closely.
  • the end of the jacking member 12172 away from the elastic member 12171 can be configured as a spherical body or a columnar body, and the end of the second connecting seat 1215 away from the elastic wire 115 can be configured as There are a plurality of grooves distributed along the circumference of the rotating shaft 1216 .
  • the top holding member 12172 can be partially clamped into the above-mentioned groove under the action of the elastic force of the elastic member 12171 .
  • the jacking members 12172 can be respectively clamped into different grooves, thereby achieving the purpose of multi-level adjustment.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of any embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application in the XY plane.
  • the earphone 10 can be an air-conducting earphone, and taking this as an example, the holding part and the structural parts such as the movement and the main board therein are exemplarily described:
  • the holding portion 13 may include an inner shell 131c and an outer shell 132c, which are connected to form a cavity structure for accommodating structural components such as the core 14 and the main board 15 .
  • the inner shell 131c may mainly be in contact with the user's ear 100 .
  • the interior of the cavity of the holding portion 13 becomes extremely complicated, which easily affects the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • a partition 133c is arranged inside the holding portion 13 to separate the movement 14 and the main board 15 and form a cavity 200c independent of the main board 15 .
  • the cavity 200c may have a relatively smooth inner wall of the cavity. In this way, since the cavity 200c can be protected from the influence of the main board 15 and the electronic components on it, the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 can be effectively improved.
  • the partition 133c can be directly connected with the core 14, for example, the two are glued, so that the two can directly form the cavity 200c, wherein the partition 133c and the core 14 can surround the inner wall forming the cavity 200c as much as possible. Sharp structures such as right angles, sharp corners, etc. should be avoided if possible. Further, the edges of the two can also wrap elastic members (not shown in the figure), so that they can form an interference fit with the inner wall of the holding portion 13, thereby achieving acoustic sealing.
  • the earphone 10 in the wearing state, can be clamped on the ear. Wherein, in order to increase wearing stability and comfort, the earphone 10 can elastically clamp the ear.
  • the hook-shaped part 11 may include an elastic part 112 connected with the connection part 12 and a battery part 113 located at the free end of the hook-shaped part 11 .
  • the battery part 113 is at least used to set the battery 16 of the earphone 10 , and the battery 16 can be arranged in a columnar shape.
  • the battery part 113 can be made of a hard material, such as a hard plastic part; of course, in order to take into account the comfort of wearing, the battery part 113 can be set at least in the area where the battery part 113 is in contact with the user's skin Elastic coating, or spraying elastic paint, etc.
  • the elastic portion 112 may have a certain elastic deformation capability, so that the hook-shaped portion 11 can be deformed under the action of an external force, thereby generating a displacement compared with the holding portion 13 to allow the hook-shaped portion 11 cooperates with the holding part 13 to elastically hold the ear part.
  • the user can first exert a little force to make the hook-shaped part 11 deviate from the holding part 13, so that the ear part can extend between the holding part 13 and the hook-shaped part 11; after the wearing position is suitable, let go In order to allow the earphone 10 to elastically clamp the ear; of course, the position of the earphone 10 on the ear can be further adjusted according to the actual wearing situation.
  • the ratio between the length of the elastic portion 112 and the length of the hook portion 11 may be greater than or equal to 48%, preferably the aforementioned ratio may be greater than or equal to 60%; the radial dimension in any direction on the cross section of the elastic portion 112 may be less than or equal to Equal to 5 mm, preferably the aforementioned radial dimension may be less than or equal to 4 mm.
  • the elastic portion 112 can be configured to be an elongated structure, so that the elastic portion 112 has better elastic deformation ability, thereby enabling the earphone 10 to better elastically hold the ear portion.
  • the cross-sectional area of the elastic portion 112 is as small as possible, and can also provide a corresponding wearing space for myopia, hyperopia, or smart glasses such as AR, VR, MR, etc., and further take into account other wearing needs of users.
  • the cross-section of the elastic portion 112 may be circular or oval, so that at least the elastic portion 112 can better connect with the ear The contact between the ear and/or the head can be as close as possible to the boundary line between the ear and the head, thereby increasing the wearing stability.
  • the cross-sectional area of at least part of the battery portion 113 may be greater than the maximum cross-sectional area of the elastic portion 112 , so that the battery portion 113 can be provided with a larger capacity battery 16 to increase the battery life of the earphone 10 .
  • the battery portion 113 may be provided in a columnar shape, and the ratio between the length and the outer diameter may be less than or equal to 6.
  • the hook portion 11 may further include a transition portion 114 located between the elastic portion 112 and the battery portion 113 , and the cross-sectional area of the transition portion 114 is between the cross-sectional area of the elastic portion 112 and the cross-sectional area of the battery portion 113 . and gradually increase in the direction from the elastic part 112 to the battery part 113 . In this way, not only the symmetry of the hook-shaped part 11 can be increased in appearance, but also the hook-shaped part 11 can be better in contact with the ear part and/or the head part.
  • the bulge of the bulge corresponding to the concha and the bulge of the bulge corresponding to the concha cavity is generally compared to the bulge of the concha.
  • the bulge is closer to the earlobe, so that the transition portion 114 can be provided with a contoured depression corresponding to the contour of the back side of the ear portion on the side facing the ear portion, thereby helping the hook portion 11 to form an effective contact with the back side of the ear portion, for example
  • the aforementioned profiling depression is in contact with the bulge of the concha cavity.
  • the bulge on the rear side of the ear can be avoided by the aforementioned profiling depression, so as to prevent the hook part 11 from being lifted by the bulge on the rear side of the ear, so that the hook part 11 can better contact the ear.
  • the curvature radius of the aforementioned profiling depression may be smaller than the curvature radius of the other side of the transition portion 114 away from the ear portion, That is to say, the bending degree of the profiling depression can be larger, so that the hook-shaped part 11 can adapt to various bulges and depressions on the rear side of the ear part, and other areas of the transition part 114 are mainly to make the elastic part 112 and the battery part 113. It can be smoothed as quickly as possible, thereby increasing the symmetry of the hook-shaped portion 11 from the appearance.
  • sagittal Plane As we all know, in the fields of medicine, anatomy, etc., three basic planes of sagittal plane (Sagittal Plane), coronal plane (Coronal Plane) and horizontal plane (Horizontal Plane), as well as sagittal axis (Sagittal Axis), coronal plane (Coronal Plane) and horizontal plane (Horizontal Plane) can be defined.
  • Axis Coronal Axis
  • vertical axis Very Axis
  • the sagittal plane refers to the section perpendicular to the ground along the front and rear directions of the body, which divides the human body into two parts
  • the coronal plane refers to the section perpendicular to the ground along the left and right directions of the body, which divides the human body into front and rear parts.
  • Two parts the horizontal plane refers to the cut plane parallel to the ground along the upper and lower directions of the body, which divides the human body into upper and lower parts.
  • the sagittal axis refers to the axis passing vertically through the coronal plane in the anterior-posterior direction of the body
  • the coronal axis refers to the axis passing vertically through the sagittal plane in the left-right direction of the body
  • the vertical axis refers to the axis passing vertically through the horizontal plane in the vertical direction of the body.
  • the weight of the earphone 10 and its distribution will affect the wearing stability to a certain extent.
  • its weight may be mainly concentrated on the battery portion 113 .
  • the weight ratio between the total weight of the holding part 13 and the total weight of the battery part 113 may be less than or equal to 4.
  • the battery portion 113 in the wearing state, and viewed from the side of the holding portion 13 away from the ear, the battery portion 113 may be at least partially located on the side of the first reference surface (referred to as RP1 ) facing the front of the user, wherein the first reference surface
  • RP1 the first reference surface facing the front of the user
  • the battery portion 113 may also intersect with a second reference surface (referred to as RP2), wherein the second reference surface passes through the first position point (referred to as CP1) of the elastic portion 112 along the vertical axis closest to the top of the user’s head and parallel to the The above coronal plane.
  • RP2 second reference surface
  • the inner edge of the hook portion 11 and the connecting portion 12 toward the ear portion has a second position (denoted as CP2) that is farthest away from the contact point between the holding portion 13 and the ear portion.
  • CP2 a second position
  • RP3 Three reference planes (denoted as RP3) intersect, wherein the third reference plane passes through the second location point and is parallel to the above-mentioned coronal plane.
  • the second position may be located on the connecting portion 12, or may fall on the boundary line between the hook-shaped portion 11 and the connecting portion 12, which will be exemplarily described later. In this way, the center of gravity of the battery portion 113 and the center of gravity of the holding portion 13 are located on the same side of the aforementioned first reference surface, thereby increasing the wearing stability.
  • the holding portion 13 may have a thickness direction, a length direction and a height direction orthogonal to each other, and may be sequentially marked as "X", "Y” and "Z", respectively.
  • the aforementioned thickness direction is defined as the direction in which the holding portion 13 approaches or moves away from the ear portion in the wearing state
  • the aforementioned lengthwise direction is defined as the direction in which the holding portion 13 approaches or moves away from the front of the user in the wearing state
  • the aforementioned height direction is defined as the wearing state.
  • the holding portion 13 In the state, the holding portion 13 is close to or away from the direction of the top of the user's head.
  • the height direction may be parallel to the vertical axis
  • the thickness direction and the length direction may be parallel to the horizontal plane.
  • the orthographic projection of the section of the hook-shaped portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction (eg, the plane where YZ is located) and the holding portion 13 are in the aforementioned reference Orthographic projections on the plane can be partially coincident.
  • the section of the hook portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 may be the elastic portion 112 with much greater elastic deformation capacity than the battery portion 113, or may be located between the battery portion 113 and the connecting portion 12 and has the same elastic deformation capacity as the battery portion 113.
  • the portion 113 is not much different from the rigid structure.
  • the holding portion 13 and the hook portion 11 can elastically clamp the ear portion from the front side and the rear side of the ear portion, but also the clamping force mainly manifests as compressive stress, thereby increasing wearing stability and comfort.
  • the center of gravity of the battery portion 113 it is also beneficial for the center of gravity of the battery portion 113 to be close to the user's face, thereby increasing the wearing stability.
  • the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped portion 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction is the same as the The orthographic projections of the holding parts 13 on the aforementioned reference plane can also be offset from each other.
  • the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 on the above-mentioned reference plane and the orthographic projection of the holding portion 13 on the above-mentioned reference plane may partially overlap, and the normal projection of the battery portion 113 on the above-mentioned reference plane
  • the orthographic projections of the projection and the holding portion 13 on the above-mentioned reference plane may be offset from each other. In this way, it is advantageous for the holding portion 13 and the hook portion 11 to elastically clamp the ear portion from the front and rear directions.
  • the curvature radius of the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 on the above reference plane toward the edge of the ear portion may first gradually increase in the direction from the connecting portion 12 to the hook portion 11 away from the battery portion 113 . then gradually decreased.
  • the curvature radius of the aforementioned edge is gradually increased first, so that the hook-shaped portion 11 can better fit the contour shape of the rear side of the ear portion; , and then make the battery part 113 close to the holding part 13 , which is beneficial for the hook-shaped part 11 to hook the rear side of the ear part, so as to increase the wearing stability.
  • the curvature radius of the aforementioned edge can be gradually increased first and then gradually decreased in a continuously changing manner, or can be gradually increased first and then gradually decreased in a segmented manner, and of course, a combination of the two methods is also possible.
  • the aforementioned edge includes a plurality of sections, each section has a radius of curvature, and in the direction from the connecting portion 12 to the battery portion 113, the radius of curvature of the plurality of sections may first gradually increase and then gradually decrease, Also known as step change.
  • the segment with the largest radius of curvature among the multiple segments may overlap with the orthographic projection of the holding portion 13 on the above-mentioned reference plane.
  • the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 on the above-mentioned reference plane toward the ear side edge may have a first section (denoted as 11A), and the starting point of the first section (denoted as CP3) is the connection point between the elastic part 112 and the connecting part 12 , and the end point (eg CP1 ) is the highest point of the elastic part in the above-mentioned height direction in the wearing state.
  • the radius of curvature of the first section may be between 8mm and 10mm.
  • the starting point of the first section may coincide with the second position point, or may be further away from the connecting portion 12 than the second position point, which will be exemplarily explained later.
  • the aforementioned edges of the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 may also have a second section (denoted as 11B), the starting point of the second section is the end point of the first section, and the end point of the second section (denoted as CP4) ) may be between 8mm and 11mm in the lengthwise direction and the aforesaid highest point, and may be between 7mm and 10mm in the height direction and the aforesaid highest point.
  • the radius of curvature of the second section may be between 9mm and 12mm.
  • the aforementioned edges of the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 may also have a third section (denoted as 11C), the starting point of the third section is the end point of the second section, and the end point of the third section (denoted as CP5) ) may be between 9mm and 12mm in the length direction and the highest point, and may be between 19mm and 21mm in the height direction.
  • the radius of curvature of the third section may be between 29mm and 36mm.
  • the aforementioned edges of the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 may also have a fourth section (denoted as 11D), the starting point of the fourth section is the end point of the third section, and the end point of the fourth section (denoted as CP6) ) may be between 7mm and 10mm in the lengthwise direction and the aforesaid highest point, and may be between 25mm and 32mm in the aforesaid height direction and the aforesaid highest point.
  • the radius of curvature of the fourth section may be between 19mm and 25mm.
  • the aforementioned edges of the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 may also have a fifth section (denoted as 11E), the starting point of the fifth section is the end point of the fourth section, and the end point of the fifth section (denoted as CP7) ) in the above-mentioned length direction and the aforesaid highest point may be less than or equal to 2mm, and in the above-mentioned height direction and the aforesaid highest point may be between 30mm and 38mm.
  • the radius of curvature of the fifth section may be between 9mm and 13mm.
  • the fifth section may be provided with the above-mentioned profiling depression, and the curvature radius of the aforementioned profiling depression may also be smaller than that of the fourth section.
  • the end point of the second section that is, the start point of the third section
  • the end point of the third section that is, the start point of the fourth section
  • the end point of the third section may be another intersection point between the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 on the above-mentioned reference plane and the lower edge of the holding portion 13 .
  • the orthographic projection of the third section on the above-mentioned reference plane may all fall on the holding portion 13 .
  • the boundary between the elastic portion 112 and the transition portion 114 may be located in the fourth section.
  • the starting point of the section of the hook-shaped portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 may be the boundary line between the hook-shaped portion 11 and the connecting portion 12
  • the end point may be the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 on the above-mentioned reference plane and the projection of the holding portion 13 . Another intersection between the lower edges.
  • the hook portion 11 may include an elastic wire 115, a battery compartment 1161 and a wire 117.
  • One end of the elastic wire 115 is connected to the connecting portion 12, and the other end is connected to the battery compartment 1161.
  • the wire 117 may follow the elastic wire 115 extends from the battery compartment 1161 to the connecting portion 12 and the holding portion 13 .
  • the elastic wire 115 enables the hook portion 11 to have a certain elastic deformation capability, the battery compartment 1161 is at least used for arranging the battery 16 , and the wire 117 is at least used to realize the electrical connection between the battery compartment 1161 and the electronic components in the holding portion 13 .
  • the hook portion 11 may further include an elastic covering body 118, such as silica gel, the elastic covering body 118 at least covers the elastic metal wire 115 and the wire 117, so as to improve the appearance quality and wearing comfort.
  • the cross-sectional area of the battery compartment 1161 may be greater than the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the elastic portion 112 formed by the elastic wire 115 and the elastic covering body 118 , and preferably may also be larger than the elastic wire 115 , the wire 117 and the elastic covering The sum of the cross-sectional areas of the bodies 118 .
  • the hook portion 11 may further include a transition piece 1162 connected with the elastic metal wire 115 , so that the elastic metal wire 115 is connected with the battery compartment 1161 through the transition piece 1162 .
  • the transition piece 1162 and the elastic wire 115 are formed by the metal insert injection molding process, the battery compartment 1161 is set in a cylindrical structure with one end open to facilitate the placement of structural components such as the battery 16, and the transition piece 1162 is connected to the open end of the battery compartment 1161. Buckle.
  • the transition piece 1162 and the battery compartment 1161 may be integrally formed, and the end of the battery compartment 1161 away from the transition piece 1162 may be provided in an open shape, and may be sealed by a cover plate.
  • the cross-sectional area of the transition piece 1162 may gradually increase along the length of the hook portion 11 and in a direction away from the connecting portion 12 . Accordingly, the elastic wrap 118 may also wrap the transition piece 1162 . Wherein, the above-mentioned profiling depressions can be formed in the transition piece 1162 and appear through the elastic covering body 118 .
  • the transition piece 1162 may be provided with a contoured depression corresponding to the back side contour of the ear on the side facing the ear, and on a reference section along the central axis of the battery compartment 1161 , the curvature radius of the above contoured depression
  • the radius of curvature of the other side of the transition piece 1162 away from the ear portion may be smaller than the curvature radius, that is, the curvature of the above-mentioned contoured depression is larger, so that the transition portion 114 avoids the bulge on the rear side of the ear portion.
  • the elastic portion 112 may correspond to the portion of the elastic wire 115 exposed to the connecting portion 12 and the transition piece 1162 , and may mainly include an elastic covering body 118 and the elastic wire 115 and the wire 117 covered by it;
  • the battery part 113 may correspond to the part of the battery compartment 1161, and may mainly include the battery compartment 1161 and the battery 16 therein;
  • the transition part 114 may correspond to the part of the transition piece 1162, And may primarily include the elastic wrap 118 and its wrapping transition piece 1162 .
  • the length of the elastic portion 112 may be the length of the portion of the elastic wire 115 exposed from the connecting portion 12 and the transition piece 1162 and covered by the elastic covering body 118 .
  • the earphone 10 may further include a processing circuit and a detection member 1163 coupled to the processing circuit.
  • the detection member 1163 is used to detect whether the hook portion 11 is hung between the rear side of the ear and the head, and the processing circuit uses It is determined whether the earphone 10 is in the wearing state according to the detection result of the detection element 1163 .
  • the processing circuit may be integrated on the main board 15, and the detection element 1163 may be any one of capacitive, inductive, and resistive sensing elements disposed on the side of the hook portion 11 (eg, the transition piece 1162 or the battery compartment 1161) facing the ear. or a combination thereof.
  • the detection member 1163 may be a capacitive sensing element, and may be disposed at the contoured recess of the transition member 1162 .
  • the processing circuit when the detecting element 1163 detects that the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, the processing circuit generates a first control signal for controlling the earphone 10 to switch to the playing state; when the detecting element 1163 does not detect that the earphone 10 is in the wearing state , the processing circuit generates a second control signal for controlling the earphone 10 to switch to the pause state. In this way, the power of the earphone 10 can be saved, and the interactivity of the earphone 10 can be increased.
  • the earphone 10 may include a first earphone and a second earphone which are set in pairs and are connected in communication.
  • the first earphone and the second earphone are respectively worn on the left and right ears of the user, and they are both equipped with detection Piece 1163.
  • the processing circuit determines and selects one of the first and second earphones according to the detection results of the detectors 1163 as the main earphone to communicate with the audio source device (eg, mobile phone, tablet power, smart watch, etc.).
  • the audio source device eg, mobile phone, tablet power, smart watch, etc.
  • the main earphone when the user uses two earphones at the same time, one of them can be selected as the main earphone to communicate with the audio source device according to the established rules, and the other one can be used as the slave earphone to communicate with the main earphone; When one of the earphones is used, this earphone is used as the main earphone.
  • the side of the holding portion 13 facing the ear portion may include a first area 13A and a second area 13B, and the second area 13B may be farther away from the connecting portion 12 than the first area 13A, that is, the first area 13B.
  • the second area 13B may be located at the free end of the holding portion 13 away from the connecting portion 12 .
  • the first area 13A is provided with a sound outlet 1311
  • the second area 13B can be raised toward the ear compared with the first area 13A, and is used for contacting the ear, so as to allow the sound outlet 1311 to be in contact with the ear in the wearing state.
  • the holding portion 13 may be provided in a convex hull structure at its free end. In this way, since the movement 14 can generate the sound transmitted to the ear through the sound outlet 1311, the aforementioned convex hull structure can prevent the ear from blocking the sound outlet 1311, which will cause the sound produced by the movement 14 to be weakened or even unable to be output.
  • the maximum convex height of the second region 13B relative to the first region 13A may be greater than or equal to 1 mm, and a smooth transition may be made between the two regions.
  • the second region 13B that protrudes toward the ear compared to the first region 13A can also be other regions of the holding portion 13 , such as The area between the sound outlet hole 1311 and the connection part 12 .
  • the orthographic projection of the sound outlet 1311 on the ear along the thickness direction can at least partially fall on the concha cavity and/or the concha.
  • the holding portion 13 may be located on the side of the ear hole close to the top of the user's head and contact the antihelix; at this time, the orthographic projection of the sound outlet hole 1311 on the ear portion along the thickness direction may at least partially fall within the concha.
  • the holding portion 13 can respectively form the front cavity 200 and the rear cavity 300 of the earphone 10 on the opposite sides of the core 14 , and the sound outlet 1311 communicates with the front cavity 200 and faces the ear. Output sound.
  • the holding portion 13 may further be provided with a pressure relief hole 1312 communicating with the rear cavity 300 , and the pressure relief hole 1312 is further away from the ear hole than the sound outlet hole 1311 .
  • the pressure relief hole 1312 allows the air to freely enter and exit the rear cavity 300, so that the change of the air pressure in the front cavity 200 can not be blocked by the rear cavity 300 as much as possible, thereby improving the sound output to the ear through the sound outlet hole 1311 sound quality.
  • the angle between the connection line between the center of the pressure relief hole 1312 and the center of the sound outlet hole 1313 and the thickness direction may be between 0° and 50°; preferably, the angle may be between 0° and 50°. between ° and 40°.
  • the holding portion 13 may also be provided with a sound adjustment hole 1313 communicating with the rear cavity 300, and the sound adjustment hole 1313 can be used to destroy the high pressure region of the sound field in the rear cavity 300, so that the wavelength of the standing wave in the rear cavity 300 is shortened, Further, the resonance frequency of the sound output to the outside of the earphone 10 through the pressure relief hole 1312 is made as high as possible, for example, greater than 4 kHz, so as to reduce sound leakage.
  • the sound adjustment hole 1313 and the pressure relief hole 1312 may be located on opposite sides of the core 14, for example, arranged opposite to each other in the above-mentioned height direction, so as to destroy the high pressure region of the sound field in the rear cavity 300 to the greatest extent.
  • the opening direction of the pressure relief hole 1312 may face the top of the user's head, for example, the angle between the opening direction and the above-mentioned vertical axis is between 0° and 10°, so as to allow the pressure relief hole 1312 to be compared with the sound adjustment hole 1313 Further away from the ear hole, it is difficult for the user to hear the sound output to the outside of the earphone 10 through the pressure relief hole 1312, so as to reduce sound leakage.
  • the pressure relief hole 1312 may have a first center in the longitudinal direction, and the sound adjusting hole 1313 may have a second center in the longitudinal direction, and the second center may be larger than the first center in the longitudinal direction.
  • the orthographic projection of the sound adjustment hole 1313 in the height direction and the orthographic projection of the second region 13B in the thickness direction may at least partially intersect, so as to be as far away from the sound outlet hole 1311 as possible.
  • the dimension of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 1312 in the above-mentioned length direction (for example, shown by L1 in FIG. 32 ) is the same as the dimension of the end of the back cavity 300 close to the pressure relief hole 1312 in the above-mentioned length direction (for example, shown by L2 in FIG. 45 ).
  • the ratio between the two (shown) can be greater than or equal to 0.9, and the dimensional relationship between the two in the above-mentioned thickness direction can also be the same or similar, so that the rear cavity 300 is communicated with the outside of the earphone 10 as much as possible, so as to minimize the
  • the blocking of the front cavity 200 by the rear cavity 300 can also make the resonant frequency of the sound output to the outside of the earphone 10 through the pressure relief hole 1312 be shifted to a high frequency as much as possible.
  • the holes such as the sound outlet hole 1311 , the pressure relief hole 1312 and the sound adjustment hole 1312 opened on the core casing 131 have a certain depth, and further With respect to the accommodating cavity formed by the movement case 131 , the hole described in this application has an inlet end close to the aforementioned accommodating cavity and an outlet end far away from the aforementioned accommodating cavity.
  • the partition plate 137 and the communication holes opened thereon mentioned later are similar, and are not repeated here.
  • the holding portion 13 and the hook portion 11 are at least in the section close to the connecting portion 12
  • the connecting portions 12 may be arranged in an arc shape and be connected between the holding portion 13 and the hook-shaped portion 11 by being arranged at intervals in the thickness direction.
  • the connecting portion 12 can be such that the retaining portion 13 on the front side of the ear and the hook portion 11 on the rear side of the ear are always spaced apart from each other at least in the section close to the connecting portion 12 in the above-mentioned thickness direction, so that the earphone 10 can be placed In the wearing state, it bypasses the upper ear base and its adjacent tissues, thereby preventing the earphone 10 from excessively clamping the helix near the upper ear base and causing discomfort.
  • the connecting portion 12 and the holding portion 13 may be connected along the above-mentioned length direction.
  • at least part of the connecting portion 12 may extend away from the free end of the holding portion 13 along the length direction and the height direction at the same time in the direction from one end of the connecting holding portion 13 to the other end of the connecting hook portion 11, so that the overall It is protruded forward toward the user's face side, so that the height difference between the hook portion 11 and the holding portion 13 in the above-mentioned height direction can be eliminated in a smooth transition manner.
  • at least part of the connecting portion 12 may also extend away from the free end of the holding portion 13 along the lengthwise direction in the direction from one end of the connecting holding portion 13 to the other end of the connecting hook portion 11 .
  • the connecting part 12 itself or the section of the hook-shaped part 11 close to the connecting part 12 can also extend away from the free end of the holding part 13 in the above-mentioned thickness direction, so that the holding part 13 and the hook-shaped part 11 are close to the connecting part
  • the segments of 12 are spaced apart in the above-mentioned thickness direction.
  • the connecting portion 12 may further approach the free end of the holding portion 13 along the above-mentioned length direction in the direction from one end of the connecting holding portion 13 to the other end of the connecting hook portion 11 .
  • the connecting portion 12 extends away from the free end of the holding portion 13 along the above-mentioned height direction, that is, the connecting portion 12 itself forms a circuitous extension structure in the three-dimensional space.
  • the connecting portion 12 may be kept away from the above-mentioned length direction and the above-mentioned height direction in the direction from one end of the connection holding portion 13 to the other end of the connecting hook portion 11 at the same time.
  • the free end of the portion 13 extends, that is, the front half of the circuitous extension structure is formed, and the section of the hook portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 (for example, the elastic portion 112 ) can continue along the above-mentioned length direction in the direction away from the connecting portion 12 Close to the free end of the holding portion 13 and at the same time extending away from the free end of the holding portion 13 along the height direction, that is, forming the second half of the circuitous extension structure, and the two cooperate to form a circuitous extension structure in three-dimensional space.
  • the aforementioned circuitous extension structure may also have only the first half or the second half.
  • the section of the hook portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 (eg, the elastic portion 112 ), the edges of the connecting portion 12 and the retaining portion 13 facing the ear portion may be arranged in a circuitous arc.
  • the minimum width W1 of the arc along the thickness direction may be between 1mm and between 5mm.
  • the minimum distance between the hook-shaped portion 11 near the connecting portion 12, such as the elastic portion 112, and the retaining portion 13 may be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 5 mm.
  • the distance W2 between the center of the sound outlet hole 1311 (denoted as O0 ) and the section of the hook portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 (eg, the elastic portion 112 ) may be between between 3mm and 6mm.
  • the distance W3 between the second region 13B and the section of the hook portion 11 close to the connecting portion 12 may be between 1 mm and 5 mm.
  • the holding portion 13 may include a core casing 131 connected to the connecting portion 12 , and structural components such as the core 14 and the main board 15 may be fixed in the accommodating space of the core casing 131 .
  • the movement case 131 may include a first case 1314 and a second case 1315 oppositely disposed in the above thickness direction, and the first case 1314 is closer to the ear than the second case 1315 .
  • the first casing 1314 and the second casing 1315 may also be disposed opposite to each other in the vibration direction of the movement 14, and the aforementioned vibration direction may be parallel to the above-mentioned thickness direction.
  • the movement 14 can be fixed on the side of the first casing 1314 facing the second casing 1315 to enclose the front cavity 200 , and the second casing 1315 can be buckled with the first casing 1314 and enclosed with the movement 14 It is assumed that a back cavity 300 is formed.
  • the sound outlet hole 1311 may be provided on the first housing 1314, for example, on the side facing the ear; the pressure relief hole 1312 and the sound adjustment hole 1313 may be provided on opposite sides of the second housing 1315, for example, two They are arranged relative to each other in the above-mentioned height direction.
  • the ratio between the size of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 1312 in the above-mentioned length direction and the size of the second housing 1315 in the above-mentioned length direction may be greater than or equal to 0.55; preferably, the ratio is between Between 0.8 and 1, on the premise of taking into account the structural strength of the second housing 1315, the rear cavity 300 is communicated with the outside of the earphone 10 as much as possible.
  • the connecting portion 12 may include a third housing 122 connected to the end of the elastic wire 115 away from the battery compartment 1161 , for example, both are formed by metal insert injection molding.
  • the dimensions of the second casing 1315 and the third casing 122 in the above-mentioned length direction are both smaller than those of the first casing 1314 , and the size of the second casing 1315 may be larger than that of the third casing 122 much more.
  • the second shell 1315 is buckled with the first shell 1314, and the orthographic projection in the thickness direction partially overlaps with the first shell 1314, and the third shell 122 and the first shell 1314 are located in the second shell A portion of the orthographic periphery of the body 1315 snaps together.
  • the third casing 122 can be snapped together with the second casing 1315 and the first casing 1314, and most of the first casing 1314 is used as the casing of the holding part 13, and a small part also serves as the casing The housing of the connection part 12 .
  • the ratio between the largest dimension of the third casing 122 in the longitudinal direction and the dimension of the second casing 1315 in the longitudinal direction may be less than or equal to 0.4.
  • the first shell 1314 and the elastic wire 115 are arranged at intervals in the above thickness direction, and the third housing 122 can be arranged in an arc shape and connect the first housing 1314 and the elastic wire 115 to allow the holding part 13 on the front side of the ear and the holding part 13 on the rear side of the ear.
  • the hook-shaped portions 11 are spaced apart from each other in the above-described thickness direction at least in a section close to the connecting portion 12 .
  • the third casing 122 may first extend away from the second casing 1315 along the length direction and the height direction in the direction from one end connected to the first casing 1314 to the other end connected to the elastic wire 115, and then Extending close to the second housing 1315 in the above-mentioned length direction and extending away from the second casing 1315 in the above-mentioned height direction allows the height difference between the hook portion 11 and the holding portion 13 in the above-mentioned height direction to be eliminated in a smooth transition manner.
  • the second position point may fall on the connecting portion 12 , and the starting point of the first section may be farther away from the connecting portion 12 than the second position point.
  • the part of the first casing 1314 that doubles as the casing of the connecting portion 12 may have the same or similar variation trend with the third casing 122 .
  • the connecting portion 12 itself can form a structure extending in a detour in the three-dimensional space.
  • the third casing 122 and the first casing 1314 are integrally formed, and a socket is formed.
  • the connecting part 12 may also include a connector 123 , one end of the connector 123 can be connected to the hook-shaped part 11 , and the other end can be plugged and fixed in the socket, thereby realizing the hook-shaped part 11 and the connecting part 12 the connection between.
  • one end of the connector 123 away from the third housing 122 can be connected with the other end of the elastic wire 115 away from the battery compartment 1161 , for example, they are formed by a metal insert injection molding process.
  • the connecting portion 12 may further include a locking member 124 , and the part of the connector 123 inserted into the third housing 122 can be locked with the third housing 122 by the locking member 124 , which is convenient for assembly and can increase assembly reliability.
  • the locking member 1224 may be a wedge provided in a column shape or a sheet shape.
  • the third housing 122 can be along the length direction and the height direction at the same time in the direction from the end connected to the first housing 1314 to the other end connected to the connector 123 Extending away from the second casing 1315, the elastic wire 115 is exposed to the connector 123 and the section close to the connector 123 can further approach the second casing 1315 along the above-mentioned length direction in the direction away from the connector 123 and at the same time along the above-mentioned height The direction extends away from the second housing 1315 .
  • the third shell 122 can also extend away from the second shell 1315 along the thickness direction at the same time, and the section of the elastic wire 115 exposed to the connector 123 and close to the connector 123 can continue to be further away from the second shell along the thickness direction.
  • Body 1315 extends.
  • the second position point may be located on the boundary between the hook portion 11 and the connecting portion 12 , and the starting point of the first section may be coincident with the second position point.
  • the portion of the first housing 1314 that doubles as the housing of the connecting portion 12 and the portion of the connector 123 exposed to the third housing 122 may have the same or similar variation trends with the third housing 122 .
  • the connecting portion 12 is allowed to form only the first half of the circuitous extension structure, and the hook portion 11 continues to form the second half of the circuitous extension structure, thereby allowing the two to cooperate to form a circuitous extension structure in three-dimensional space.
  • a parting line (denoted as PL2 ) between the connector 123 , the third casing 122 and the first casing 1314 , and the two are separately formed and then plugged to improve the connection part 12
  • the shell of the 3D model is difficult to demould due to its circuitous extending structure in three-dimensional space, thereby increasing the production efficiency and reducing the production cost.
  • the casings of the connecting portion 12 and the holding portion 13 may also be divided in other ways.
  • the casing of the holding portion 13 is divided into two casings with substantially equal orthographic projection areas along the above thickness direction.
  • the casing is divided into two or only one along the above-mentioned detour inflection point, and the other is doubled by the elastic wire 115, and the casings are assembled accordingly.
  • a flexible covering structure 132 may be provided on the side of the core casing 131 facing the ear, and at least avoid the sound outlet hole 1311 .
  • the flexible covering structure 132 is provided with a through hole corresponding to the sound outlet hole 1311 .
  • the Shore hardness of the flexible covering structure 132 is smaller than the Shore hardness of the movement casing 131, so that the holding portion 13 is in contact with the ear through the flexible covering structure 132, that is, the flexible covering structure 132 is elastically supported on the machine. between the core shell 131 and the ear, thereby improving wearing comfort. Further, based on the division and splicing of the shells of the connecting portion 12 and the holding portion 13, in order to increase the appearance quality of the earphone 10, the flexible wrapping structure 132 can be directly attached to the first shell 1314 and the third shell through injection molding. Of course, the body 122 and the like can also be covered by gluing.
  • the hook-shaped portion 11 may also be provided with an elastic covering body 118
  • the elastic covering body 118 and the flexible covering structure 132 can be formed by one injection molding process, and of course, they can also be formed by two injection molding processes respectively;
  • the materials can also be the same or different.
  • the present application mainly examines the part of the flexible covering structure 132 and the elastic covering body 118 in contact with the user's skin.
  • the flexible covering structure 132 may be disposed at least partially on the side of the holding portion 13 away from the free end of the connecting portion 12 and facing the ear portion, that is, the second region 13B.
  • the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 on the above-mentioned reference plane eg, the plane where YZ is located
  • the orthographic projection of the flexible cladding structure 132 on the above-mentioned reference plane may partially overlap.
  • the thickness of the flexible wrapping structure 132 can be designed differently, for example, the flexible wrapping structure 132 corresponding to the second region 13B is relatively thicker, so that the free end of the holding portion 13 can protrude toward the ear portion, and Both have good softness.
  • the first shell 1314 can also be designed with different thicknesses toward the ear side.
  • the first housing 1314 may also include a first area and a second area, so as to correspond to the first area 13A and the second area 13B on the side of the holding portion 13 facing the ear portion in a one-to-one correspondence, respectively.
  • At least one blind hole 1321 spaced apart from each other may be recessed on the side of the flexible cladding structure 132 facing the movement case 131 , and the blind hole 1321 may be mainly used to provide a deformation space for the flexible cladding structure 132 to allow flexibility The wrapping structure 132 undergoes more deformation under pressure in the wearing state, thereby further improving the wearing comfort.
  • the number of blind holes 1321 may be multiple, for example, at least two, and they may be spaced apart from each other to form a bone position to support its own structure, so as to have both elastic deformation and structural strength. Of course, in some other embodiments, the number of blind holes 1321 may be only one.
  • the core casing 131 specifically the part of the first casing 1314 corresponding to the second region 13B, can be provided with a one-to-one correspondence and communication with the blind holes 1321.
  • the through hole 13141 is used for inserting the molding core of the flexible cladding structure 132 .
  • the plurality of through holes 13141 can make the part of the first shell 1314 corresponding to the second region 13B be arranged in a honeycomb or grid shape, so as to take into account the structural strength of the first shell 1314 in this region and the flexible covering Support for structure 132 .
  • the outer side of the first shell 1314 may also be provided with protrusions surrounding the through holes 13141 along the honeycomb or grid structure, and the protrusions may be embedded in the flexible wrapping structure 132; and/or, the flexible wrapping structure 132
  • the through holes 13141 are partially embedded to increase the bonding area of the flexible cladding structure 132 between the second region 13B and the first shell 1314 , thereby increasing the bonding strength between the two.
  • the corresponding through holes 13141 can be left in the first shell 1314 during the molding process, and the molding core of the flexible cladding structure 132 can be inserted into the through holes 13141 after the molding, wherein the molding core can protrude In the first shell 1314, and the maximum protrusion height may depend on the actual requirements of the convex hull structure; then, the flexible cladding structure 132 can be directly molded on the first shell 1314 by an injection molding process, and then the molding core can be pulled out.
  • the holding portion 13 may further include a cover plate 1316 disposed in the core casing 131 .
  • the cover plate 1316 is fixedly disposed on the inner side of the first casing 1314 away from the flexible cladding structure 132 to close the through hole 13141 and further The first housing 1314 and the cover 1316 are allowed to surround the movement 14 to form the front cavity 200 .
  • the cover plate 1316 may be supported on the honeycomb or grid-like structure of the first shell 1314 .
  • a first flange 13142 may be provided on the inner wall surface of the first shell 1314 facing away from the flexible wrapping structure 132
  • a second flange 13161 may be provided on the inner wall surface of the cover plate 1316 facing away from the flexible wrapping structure 132
  • the two ends of the second flange 13161 and the two ends of the first flange 13142 can respectively extend opposite to each other to form an annular flange.
  • the movement 14 can be supported on the annular flange, thereby forming the front cavity 200 .
  • the first casing 1314 may be provided with a sink in the second area 13B, and the cover plate 1316 may be embedded in the sink to allow the inner wall surface of the cover plate 1316 and the first casing 1314 to be away from the inner wall surface of the flexible cladding structure 132 flush, so that the inner cavity surface of the front cavity 200 is as flat as possible.
  • a glue groove may be provided on the inner wall surface of the first casing 1314 away from the flexible covering structure 132.
  • the glue groove may be located at the edge of the aforementioned sinking groove and surround a plurality of through holes 13141.
  • the cover plate 1316 is The glue in the glue dispensing tank can be glued to the first shell 1314 .
  • both the first flange 13142 and the dispensing groove are disposed on the inner side of the first housing 1314 away from the flexible cladding structure 132, but the former may mainly correspond to the first area 13A, and the latter may mainly correspond to the first area 13A.
  • the second area 13B may mainly correspond to the first area 13A.
  • the flexible cladding structure 132 does not have the blind hole 1321, or in other embodiments such as the flexible cladding structure 132 is formed separately first and then bonded with the movement case 131, for example, by gluing,
  • the first housing 1314 may not need to be provided with the through hole 13141, and the corresponding cover plate 1316 may also not be provided.
  • the first flange 13142 can be a complete annular flange, and the movement 14 can be supported on the annular flange to form the front cavity 200 .
  • the flexible covering structure 132 may include an inner flexible body 1322 disposed on the core casing 131 and an outer flexible body 1323 covering at least the inner flexible body 1322 .
  • the inner flexible body 1322 It may be disposed in the second area 13B, and the outer flexible body 1323 may cover the inner flexible body 1322, the first shell 1314, the third shell 122, and the like.
  • the flexible covering structure 132 is in contact with the ear through the outer flexible body 1323 .
  • the flexible wrapping structure 132 can also be provided as a double-layer structure, so as to adjust the thickness and softness of the portion of the flexible wrapping structure 132 corresponding to the second region 13B.
  • the orthographic projection of the elastic portion 112 on the above-mentioned reference plane (eg, the plane where YZ is located) and the orthographic projection of the inner flexible body 1322 on the above-mentioned reference plane may partially coincide.
  • the sound exit hole 1311 may be located between the inner flexible body 1322 and the connection part 12 .
  • the inner flexible body 1322 may also protrude toward the ear, that is, protrude out of the movement casing 131 (specifically, the first casing 1314 ), so that the flexible wrapping structure 132 can form the above-mentioned convex wrapping structure.
  • the blind hole 1321 may be provided in the inner flexible body 1322, and its function and forming method may be the same as or similar to those described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the number of blind holes 1321 may be multiple, so that the inner flexible body 1322 has bone sites arranged in a honeycomb shape or grid shape, or a plurality of bone sites arranged at intervals from each other.
  • the aforementioned blind holes 1321 can also be provided as through holes through the inner flexible body 1322 .
  • the gaps between the aforementioned bone positions, that is, the blind holes 1321 are used to provide deformation space for the flexible wrapping structure 132 .
  • the material of the inner flexible body 1322 and the outer flexible body 1323 may be 0 degree silicone.
  • the Shore hardness of the inner flexible body 1322 may be smaller than the Shore hardness of the outer flexible body 1323 to allow the flexible wrapping structure 132 to be softer in the portion corresponding to the second region 13B.
  • a blind hole 1321 may be recessed on the side of the outer flexible body 1323 facing the movement casing 131 , and the inner flexible body 1322 may be disposed in the blind hole 1321 and contact with the outer flexible body 1323 .
  • the blind hole 1321 can be provided in the outer flexible body 1323 so as to accommodate the inner flexible body 1322 which is more flexible.
  • a portion of the first housing 1314 corresponding to the second region 13B may be provided with a through hole 13141 , and the through hole 13141 is used for inserting the molding core of the outer flexible body 1323 .
  • the outer flexible body 1323 can be formed on the first housing 1314 by an injection molding process, and after the outer flexible body 1323 is formed, the molding core is pulled out, so that the outer flexible body 1323 forms corresponding blind holes 1321, thereby forming an accommodating area , the inner flexible body 1322 can be disposed in the blind hole 1321 through the through hole 13141 , that is, in the accommodating area, and then the through hole 13141 can be closed by the cover plate 1316 .
  • the side of the cover plate 1316 facing the inner flexible body 1322 may be partially embedded in the through hole 13141 to increase the sealing performance of the aforementioned accommodating area.
  • the number of blind holes 1321 may be one, and the number of through holes 13141 may also be one.
  • the cover plate 1316 can extend to partially overlap with the first casing 1314 in the first region 13A, so as to increase the supporting area of the first casing 1314 for the cover plate 1316 .
  • the cover plate 1316 may be provided with a communication hole 13162 connecting the sound outlet 1311 and the front cavity 200 to avoid blocking the sound outlet 1311 .
  • the material of the outer flexible body 1323 can be 30-50 degree silica gel, and the material of the inner flexible body 1322 can be 0 degree silica gel, and can be formed in the aforementioned accommodating area through a glue-dropping process.
  • the material of the outer flexible body 1323 can be 30-50 degree silica gel, the material of the inner flexible body 1322 can be 0-10 degree silica gel, and can be pre-shaped into a block and filled in the aforementioned accommodating area Inside.
  • the first housing 1314 may not be provided with the through hole 13141 , nor may the corresponding cover plate 1316 be provided.
  • structural members such as the first casing 1314 , the outer flexible body 1323 , the inner flexible body 1322 and the cover plate 1316 can form a casing assembly, that is, modular, for easy assembly.
  • the headset 10 may further include a microphone 125 and a microphone 133 disposed on the holding part 13 and/or the connecting part 12 , and the two microphones 125 and 133 may be electrically connected to the main board 15 .
  • the distance between the microphone 125 and the microphone 133 in the above-mentioned length direction may be greater than the distance between the microphone 125 and the microphone 133 in the above-mentioned height direction. In this way, the distance between the two microphones 125 and 133 is made as large as possible under the condition that the size of the earphone 10 is relatively determined, so that the interference between the two microphones 125 and 133 can be avoided, and the pickup of the earphone 10 can be increased. sound effects and/or noise reduction effects.
  • the line connecting the orthographic projection of the microphone 125 on the above-mentioned reference plane (eg, the plane where YZ is located) and the orthographic projection of the microphone 133 on the above-mentioned reference plane may pass through the orthographic projection of the movement 14 on the above-mentioned reference plane.
  • the two microphones 125 , 133 may be arranged substantially along the diagonal of the movement 14 .
  • the microphone 125 may be disposed on the connecting portion 12 , and the microphone 133 may be disposed on the free end of the holding portion 13 away from the connecting portion 12 . At this time, the microphone 125 may be closer to the user's mouth than the microphone 133, so that it is mainly used to pick up the user's voice.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a processing circuit, the processing circuit may be integrated on the main board 15, and the microphone 125 may be used as the main microphone, the microphone 133 may be used as the auxiliary microphone, and the sound signal collected by the auxiliary microphone may be used for the sound signal collected by the main microphone. Noise reduction processing is performed on the sound signal, thereby increasing the pickup effect.
  • at least one of the two microphones 125 and 133 may also be used to perform noise reduction processing on the sound output by the earphone 10 to the ear, or only one microphone may be provided for sound pickup or noise reduction.
  • the microphone 125 may be disposed between the third casing 122 and the first casing 1314
  • the microphone 133 may be disposed between the second casing 1315 and the first casing 1314
  • the sides of the third casing 122 and the second casing 1315 facing away from the first casing 1314 may be respectively provided with through holes for the microphones to collect sound.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a stick 134 detachably connected to the free end of the holding portion 13 or the hook portion 11 away from the connecting portion 12 (that is, the battery portion 113 ).
  • the free end of the stick 134 A microphone 1341 electrically connected to the main board 15 may be provided.
  • the stick microphone 134 can make the microphone 1341 closer to the user's mouth, which is beneficial to increase the sound pickup effect.
  • the present application takes the detachable connection between the stick 134 and the holding portion 13 as an example for illustrative description.
  • the main rod 1342 of the stick 134 and the second casing 1315 are detachably connected by means of snaps or magnetism, and for example, the main rod 1342 and the second casing 1315 are detachably connected by a type-C plug-in method to shorten the The wiring distance between the microphone 1341 and the main board 15 .
  • the headset 10 may also be provided with other microphones, such as the microphone 125 and/or the microphone 133 .
  • the processing circuit can use the microphone 1341 as the main microphone and at least one of the microphone 133 and the microphone 125 as the auxiliary microphone when the stick 134 is connected to the holding part 13, and can use the sound signal collected by the auxiliary microphone to communicate with the main microphone. The collected sound signal is subjected to noise reduction processing, thereby increasing the sound pickup effect.
  • the processing circuit can switch the microphone 133 and the microphone 125 to the enabled state when the stick 134 is separated from the holding part 13 , and use one of the microphone 133 and the microphone 125 as the main microphone and the other as the auxiliary microphone.
  • the processing circuit can also switch at least one of the microphone 133 and the microphone 125 to a disabled state when the stick 134 is connected to the holding portion 13 , so as to save power while taking into account sound pickup and/or noise reduction.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a first charging electrode 126 provided on the holding portion 13 or the connecting portion 12 and a second charging electrode 1164 provided on the hook portion 11 , the first charging electrode 126 and the second charging electrode 126
  • One of the electrodes 1164 serves as a charging positive electrode and the other serves as a charging negative electrode.
  • the first charging electrode 126 is used as a charging positive electrode
  • the second charging electrode 1164 is used as a charging negative electrode as an example for illustrative description.
  • the earphone 10 can not only be charged by the two charging electrodes, but also can greatly increase the shortest distance between the two charging electrodes, which is beneficial to prevent short circuits between the charging electrodes due to sweat, water droplets, dust, and the like.
  • both of the two charging electrodes may be provided in one of the hook-shaped portion 11 , the connection portion 12 and the holding portion 13 , provided that short-circuit prevention is satisfied.
  • the two charging electrodes can be set to be invisible in the wearing state, for example, both facing the user's skin, so as to take into account the appearance quality of the earphone 10 .
  • the first charging electrode 126 may be provided on the connection part 12
  • the second charging electrode 1164 may be provided on the battery part 116 .
  • the first charging electrode 126 may be disposed at least partially on the periphery of the second casing 1315 , for example, between the third casing 122 and the first casing 1314 .
  • the second charging electrode 1164 may be disposed in the battery compartment 1161 , eg, at the bottom of the battery compartment 1161 away from the open end thereof.
  • the first charging electrode 126 may be arranged in a column shape
  • the second charging electrode 1164 may be arranged in a strip shape, and its length direction may extend along the circumferential direction of the battery compartment 1161 .
  • the first housing 1314 and the battery compartment 1161 may be respectively provided with through holes allowing the charging electrodes to be exposed, so that the charging electrodes can be in contact with the output electrodes on the charging case.
  • the strip-shaped electrodes have a larger contact area with the aforementioned output electrodes, which can increase the reliability of the charging electrodes.
  • the first charging electrodes 126 may be provided with a plurality, for example, two, at intervals in the connecting portion 12, so that after one of them fails, the other is still available.
  • a magnetic attraction member such as a magnet may be provided near the two charging electrodes respectively, so as to allow the earphone 10 to be in good contact with the output electrodes on the battery box by means of magnetic attraction.
  • the relative positions of the output electrodes on the charging box can be adjusted with the change of the charging electrodes on the earphone 10 .
  • the second casing 1315 can be provided with interactive components such as physical buttons, a display screen, a touch circuit board, etc., so as to facilitate the The user interacts with the headset 10 .
  • the second casing 1315 may include a bottom wall 13151 disposed opposite to the first casing 1314 and a side wall 13152 connected with the bottom wall 13151 , the side wall 13152 extending toward the first casing 1314 .
  • the side of the bottom wall 13151 facing the first casing 1314 is provided with a flexible touch circuit board 135 that is electrically connected to the main board 15 , and the flexible touch circuit board 135 can be based on capacitive, resistive, pressure-sensitive, etc. Any one is not limited here. In this way, the interaction of the earphone 10 can be realized without providing additional through holes on the movement casing 131 , thereby increasing the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the flexible touch circuit board 135 may include a touch part 1351 for receiving touch operations and an electrical connection part 1352 for connecting with the main board 15 , for example, the flexible touch circuit board 135 can be connected to the main board by means of a BTB connector 15 snaps.
  • the area of the touch portion 1351 relative to the bottom wall 13151 may be greater than or equal to 70%.
  • the side of the side wall 13152 close to the third housing 122 may be open to facilitate the splicing of the second housing 1315 and the third housing 122 .
  • the pressure relief hole 1312 and the sound adjustment hole 1313 may be provided on the side wall 13152, and may be respectively located on opposite sides of the open end.
  • the bottom wall 13151 may be provided with a sinking groove 13153 , and the touch portion 1351 may be attached to the bottom of the sinking groove 13153 .
  • the second casing 1315 is equivalent to being partially thinned to increase the sensitivity of the flexible touch circuit board 135 .
  • the main board 15 can also be connected to the second casing 1315 , and the flexible touch circuit board 135 can be pressed against the bottom wall 13151 through an elastic pad 1353 , so that the touch portion 1351 can be connected to the bottom wall 13151 Close contact can also prevent the touch portion 1351 from being crushed.
  • the depth of the recessed groove 13153 may be greater than or equal to the thickness of the touch portion 1351 and less than the sum of the thicknesses of the touch portion 1351 and the elastic pad 1353 to increase the pressing effect.
  • the bottom wall 13151 may be provided with a plurality of hot melt pillars 13154 located on the periphery of the sink 13153 and extending toward the main board 15 , such as three, and at least two of the plurality of hot melt pillars 13154 are located on the bottom wall 13151
  • the orthographic connection line on the bottom wall 13151 can pass through the orthographic projection of the touch portion 1351 on the bottom wall 13151 ;
  • the main board 15 can be provided with a connection hole corresponding to the hot-melt column 13154 to allow the main board 15 to pass through the The connection hole is sleeved and fixed on the hot-melt column 13154 .
  • the touch portion 1351 is arranged in a rectangular shape, at least two thermal fuse columns 13154 may be arranged substantially along the diagonal of the touch portion. In this way, the uniformity of the force distribution of the main board 15 is increased.
  • the thermal fusion post 13154 can also be replaced with screws, snaps, etc., which are not limited herein.
  • the microphone 133 can be directly disposed on the side of the main board 15 away from the bottom wall 13151 through the SMT process.
  • the bottom wall 13151 may be provided with a flange 13155 located on the periphery of the sink groove 13153 , the flange 13155 extends toward the main board 15 and has a sound pickup hole communicating with the outside of the earphone 10 .
  • the main board 15 can be pressed against the flange 13155 to allow the microphone 133 to collect sound signals through the sound pickup hole.
  • a silicone sleeve 13156 can also be sleeved on the flange 13155 to allow the main board 15 to be elastically supported on the flange 13155 through the silicone sleeve 13156 . In this way, not only the airtightness of the sound path of the microphone 133 can be increased, but also the uniformity of the force distribution of the main board 15 can be increased.
  • a metal antenna pattern may also be provided on the second housing 1315 to serve as a communication antenna of the earphone 10 .
  • the bottom wall 13151 may be provided with an antenna contact 13157 located on the periphery of the sink 13153 and electrically connected with the metal antenna pattern, and the main board 15 may be provided with a metal dome for elastic contact with the antenna contact 13157 .
  • the main board 15 can use the metal dome on it and the antenna contact 13157 to avoid unnecessary welding, thereby reducing the assembly difficulty and saving the internal space of the movement case 131 .
  • connection between the main board 15 and the second casing 1315 can not only realize its own fixation, but also realize the pressing and holding of the flexible touch circuit board 135, the sealing of the sound path of the microphone 133, and the connection between the main board 15 and the metal antenna pattern.
  • the electrical connection between them serves multiple purposes.
  • the electronic components disposed on the hook portion 11 can be electrically connected to the main board 15 through the wires 117 , and the electronic components disposed in the connecting portion 12 can be It is directly electrically connected to the main board 15 through its leads.
  • the wire 117 can be arranged in multiple strands, and can include the positive lead and negative lead of the battery 16, the signal wire and shielded wire of the detection element 1163, and the negative lead of the second charging electrode 1164; of course, the shielded wire of the detection element 1163 also
  • the lead wire of the second charging electrode 1164 can be multiplexed into one lead wire to simplify the wiring.
  • the wires 117 or other leads can be soldered to a flexible circuit board 136 first, and then connected to the main board 15 through the flexible circuit board 136 by buckling, so that It is beneficial to expand the size of the pads and the distance between them, thereby reducing the difficulty of welding and increasing the reliability of welding.
  • the flexible circuit board 136 may include at least a first connection area 1361 for electrical connection with the battery 16 and a second connection area 1362 for electrical connection with the main board 15 .
  • the second connection area 1362 may be disposed along the main surface of the main board 15 , so that the flexible circuit board 136 can be fastened and connected to the main board 15 .
  • the first connection region 1361 may be bent laterally of the main board 15 relative to the second connection region 1362 , and may be provided with a plurality of solder pads, that is, the above-mentioned welding occurs in the lateral direction of the main board 15 . In this way, since there is no interference from electronic components on the main surface of the main board 15, the difficulty of soldering can be reduced.
  • the plurality of pads provided in the first connection region 1361 may include a first pad and a second pad for welding connection with the positive electrode lead and the negative electrode lead of the battery 16, respectively, and may also include The third pad and the fourth pad are welded to the positive lead and the negative lead of the charging electrode, and may further include a fifth pad and a sixth pad that are respectively used to be welded to the signal wire and the shield wire of the detection element 1163. plate.
  • the shielding wire of the detection element 1163 can be multiplexed with the lead wire of the second charging electrode 1164 as a lead wire
  • the fourth pad and the sixth pad can be provided with only one, which is beneficial to enlarge the size of the other pads and the spacing between two.
  • the flexible circuit board 136 can further extend to the connecting portion 12 .
  • the flexible circuit board 136 may further include a third connection area 1363 connected to the first connection area 1361 .
  • the three connection regions 1363 are attached to the first casing 1314 and/or the third casing 122 .
  • the microphone 125 may be disposed in the third connection region 1363 through the SMT process.
  • the first connection area 1361 and the third connection area 1363 may be perpendicular to the main surface of the main board 15 respectively, and the second connection area 1362 may be parallel to the main surface of the main board 15 .
  • the flexible circuit board 136 may further include a transition area 1364 connecting the first connection area 1361 and the second connection area 1362 , and the transition area 1364 and the second connection area 1362 may be located on the same side of the main board 15 .
  • the length of the transition area 1364 is greater than the minimum distance between the first connection area 1361 and the second connection area 1362 , so that the first connection area 1361 can be fastened to the main board 15 .
  • the transition region 1364 may be arranged in a multi-segment bent structure, and may be arranged along the main surface of the main board 15 .
  • the movement 14 may include a magnetic circuit system 141 and a coil 142, the coil 142 may extend into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system 141, and can move in the magnetic field formed by the magnetic circuit system 141 in an electrified state.
  • the magnetic circuit system 141 may include structural components such as permanent magnets, magnetic yokes, and brackets, and the specific structures and connection relationships thereof are well known to those skilled in the art, and will not be repeated here.
  • the coil 142 can be arranged to drive a vibration-transmitting piece to move; if the movement 14 is applied to an air conduction earphone, the coil 142 can be arranged to drive a diaphragm to move; of course, The coil 142 can also be configured to drive a vibrating plate and a vibrating film to move at the same time.
  • the present application takes the example of the coil 142 driving a diaphragm to move for illustrative description.
  • the movement 14 may further include a diaphragm 143 connected between the coil 142 and the magnetic circuit system 141 , and the diaphragm 143 can generate sound transmitted to the ear through the sound outlet 1311 during the vibration process.
  • the movement 14 may further include a metal dome 144 fixed on the periphery of the magnetic circuit system 141 , and the metal dome 144 is electrically connected to the coil 142 .
  • the movement 14 is elastically pressed on the main board 15 by the metal elastic pieces 144 , so that the coil 142 is electrically connected to the contacts on the main board 15 .
  • the metal shrapnel 144 is used to replace the welding wire in the related art, so as to avoid unnecessary welding, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembly, and without reserving welding space, thereby saving the internal space of the movement case 131 .
  • the number of metal dome 144 can be two, and can be used as the positive lead and the negative lead of the coil 142 respectively.
  • the metal dome 144 may include a fixing part 1441 and an elastic contact part 1442 connected to one end of the fixing part 1441 , the fixing part 1441 is connected with the magnetic circuit system 141 , and the elastic contact part 1442 faces away from the fixing part 1441 The direction of the magnetic circuit system 141 extends.
  • the part of the metal dome 144 for electrical connection with the contacts on the main board 15 protrudes out of the magnetic circuit system 141 .
  • the metal dome 144 may further include a limiting portion 1443 connected to the other end of the fixing portion 1441 , and the limiting portion 1443 and the elastic contact portion 1442 extend on the same side.
  • the elastic contact portion 1442 is further bent and extended toward the limiting portion 1443 , and its free end is inserted into the limiting groove of the limiting portion 1443 , so that the elastic contact portion 1442 can store an elastic potential energy in advance, thereby increasing the metal elastic sheet 144 and the The goodness of contact of the contacts on the main board 15 .
  • the height of the middle portion of the elastic contact portion 1442 relative to the fixed portion 1441 is greater than the height of the free end of the elastic contact portion 1442 relative to the fixed portion 1441 to facilitate contact with the contacts on the main board 15 .
  • the magnetic circuit system 141 can be connected to the side of the first housing 1314 facing the second housing 1315 , and the main board 15 can be connected to the side of the second housing 1315 facing the first housing 1314 .
  • the second casing 1315 and the first casing 1314 are fastened together, so that the movement 14 can elastically hold the metal elastic pieces 144 on the main board 15 , which is simple and reliable, and has high assembly efficiency.
  • a metal dome 144 may be respectively disposed on opposite sides of the magnetic circuit system 141 to increase the stability of the second casing 1315 and the main board 15 and the first casing 1314 to clamp the movement 14 together.
  • the diaphragm 143 can surround the first housing 1314 to form the front cavity 200 , for example, the magnetic circuit system 141 supports the annular flange formed by splicing the second flange 13161 and the first flange 13142 mentioned above. On; the magnetic circuit system 141 is provided with a through hole connecting the rear cavity 300 and the side of the diaphragm 143 away from the front cavity 200 .
  • the movement 14 (specifically, the diaphragm 143 ) can divide the accommodating cavity formed by the movement casing 131 into the front cavity 200 and the rear cavity 300 which are opposite to each other.
  • the orthographic projection of the sound outlet 1311 along the vibration direction of the movement 14 may at least partially fall on the diaphragm 143 .
  • the main board 15 and the core 14 are stacked in the above thickness direction, and the core 14 is closer to the ear than the main board 15, so it can be avoided to set the communication diaphragm 143 on the main board 15 away from the rear cavity 300 and the front side. Through holes in the cavity 200, the structure is simplified.
  • the overlapping area between the orthographic projection of the movement 14 on the above-mentioned reference plane (eg, the plane where YZ is located) and the orthographic projection of the main board 15 on the above-mentioned reference plane and the area of the orthographic projection of the main board 15 on the above-mentioned reference plane are sum
  • the ratio between the larger of the area of the orthographic projection of the movement 14 on the above reference plane may be between 0.8 and 1, for example, the area of the orthographic projection of the movement 14 on the above reference plane and the main board 15 in the above reference
  • the areas of the orthographic projections on the plane are roughly equal.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the dimension of the movement 14 in the above-mentioned longitudinal direction and the dimension of the main plate 15 in the above-mentioned longitudinal direction and the dimension of the main plate 15 in the above-mentioned longitudinal direction and the movement of the movement 14 in the above-mentioned longitudinal direction can be between 0 and 0.2, and the dimensional relationship between the two in the above-mentioned height direction can also be the same or similar. In this way, under the condition that the volume of the accommodating cavity formed by the core housing 131 is constant, the core 14 can be as large as possible, which is beneficial to increase the loudness of the earphone 10 and widen the frequency response range of the earphone 10 .
  • the movement 14 may also have a long-axis direction (marked as Y1 ) and a short-axis direction (marked as Z1 ) that are orthogonal to each other and perpendicular to the vibration direction (marked as X1 ) of the movement 14 ), but for the convenience of description, the aforementioned vibration direction, long axis direction and short axis direction in the embodiments provided by the present application may be parallel to the aforementioned thickness direction, long axis direction and height direction respectively; of course, in other embodiments, it is also allowed to There is an angle between them.
  • the dimension of the movement 14 in the direction of its long axis is greater than or equal to the dimension of the movement 14 in the direction of its short axis.
  • the orthographic projection of the movement 14 on the reference plane perpendicular to its vibration direction may be set in a rectangle, and the long axis direction may be the direction of the long side of the rectangle, and the short axis direction may be the rectangle. The direction of the short side of the .
  • the holding part 13 may further include a partition 137 arranged in the core housing 131 , and the partition 137 is mainly used to separate the core 14 from the main board 15 and may The core 14 is surrounded to form a back cavity 300, that is, an independent acoustic cavity.
  • the partition 137 may be located between the magnetic circuit system 141 and the main board 15 , and may surround the magnetic circuit system 141 to form a rear cavity 300 .
  • a diaphragm can also be covered on the main board 15, so that the side of the main board 15 facing the movement 14 is as flat as possible.
  • the partition 137 may be connected to the movement 14, ie, modular, for ease of assembly.
  • the partition 137 may include a bottom wall 1371 and a side wall 1372 connected to the bottom wall 1371 , the bottom wall 1371 is spaced from the magnetic circuit system 141 , and the side wall 1372 extends toward the movement 14 , and It is connected with the movement 14 (specifically, the magnetic circuit system 141 ), so as to allow the partition 137 and the movement 14 to surround the rear cavity 300 .
  • the side of the partition 137 facing the magnetic circuit system 141 may also be provided with a dispensing groove 1373 and a positioning column 1374 matched with the magnetic circuit system 141 , so that the partition 137 can be accurately assembled with the movement 14 .
  • the metal dome 144 may be located on the periphery of the partition plate 137 .
  • the side wall 1372 may also be provided with a communication hole that allows the rear cavity 300 to communicate with the outside of the earphone 10 , such as the first communication hole 1375 connecting the pressure relief hole 1312 and the rear cavity 300 and the sound adjustment hole 1313 and the The second communication hole 1376 of the rear cavity 300 .
  • the partition 137 and the core housing 131 can also elastically support and surround the sealing member of the communication hole, so as to seal the sound path in which the rear cavity 300 communicates with the outside of the earphone 10 .
  • the structural components such as the core casing 131 and the core 14 can be generally arranged in a cubic structure, or can be arranged in a cylindrical structure, which is not limited herein.
  • the present application takes the case where the movement 14 is set to be a cube structure for exemplary illustration.
  • the size of the separator 137 in the length direction may be greater than or equal to the size of the separator 137 in the height direction.
  • the side wall 1372 may include a first side wall 13721, a third side wall 13723 spaced from each other in the above-mentioned length direction, and a second side wall 13722 and a fourth side wall 13724 spaced from each other in the above-mentioned height direction. .
  • one of the second side wall 13722 and the fourth side wall 13724 may be provided with a first communication hole 1375 , and the other may be provided with a second communication hole 1376 .
  • the first communication hole 1375 may be provided in the second side wall 13722
  • the second communication hole 1376 may be provided in the fourth side wall 13724 .
  • the second side wall 13722 can also be omitted, and the first communication hole 1375 is directly surrounded by the bottom wall 1371 , the first side wall 13721 and the third side wall 13723 . Exemplary descriptions will be given in the text.
  • the third side wall 13723 may be further away from the sound outlet hole 1311 than the first side wall 13721 , that is, further away from the connecting portion 12 and closer to the free end of the holding portion 13 .
  • the size of the first communication hole 1375 in the longitudinal direction may be larger than the size of the second communication hole 1376 in the longitudinal direction, and the size of the two in the thickness direction may be equal, so as to facilitate the adjustment of the first communication hole 1376 and the second communication hole 1376.
  • the two communication holes 1376 respectively make the actual area of the effective communication area between the rear cavity 300 and the outside of the earphone 10 .
  • first side wall 13721 and the fourth side wall 13724 can be connected by the first arc-shaped transition wall 13725, so as to avoid sharp structures such as right angles and sharp angles appearing on the inner wall that forms the back cavity 300, thereby helping to eliminate standing waves .
  • the first arc-shaped transition wall 13725 may be provided in a circular arc shape, and the radius of the circular arc may be greater than or equal to 2 mm.
  • the third side wall 13723 and the fourth side wall 13724 may be connected by the second arc-shaped transition wall 13726, and the curvature radius of at least a part of the inner wall surface of the first arc-shaped transition wall 13725 may be larger than that of the second arc-shaped transition wall
  • the curvature radius of the corresponding section of the inner wall surface of the transition wall 13726 can also avoid sharp structures such as right angles and sharp corners on the inner wall surrounding the rear cavity 300 .
  • the second arc-shaped transition wall 13726 may not be provided.
  • the part of the fourth side wall 1374 close to the third side wall 13723 may be used to provide the second communication hole 1376, so that the second communication hole 1376 is provided.
  • the hole 1376 extends along the lengthwise direction to be flush with the inner wall surface of the third side wall 13723 .
  • the inner wall of the first communication hole 1375 away from the movement 14 may be flush with the inner wall of the bottom wall 1371 towards the movement 14, and the inner wall of the second communication hole 1376 away from the movement 14 may be flush with the inner wall of the bottom wall 1371.
  • the bottom wall 1371 is flush with the inner wall surface of the movement 14, that is, the first communication hole 1375 and the second communication hole 1376 can extend along the thickness direction to be flush with the inner wall surface of the bottom wall 1371, so as to avoid the formation of the enclosure.
  • Sharp structures such as right angles and sharp angles appear on the inner wall of the cavity 300 , thereby helping to eliminate standing waves.
  • the inner wall surface of at least one of the first side wall 13721 and the third side wall 13723 may be arranged in an arc shape when viewed along the above-mentioned height direction, so as to avoid sharp structures such as right angles and sharp angles on the inner wall surrounding the rear cavity 300.
  • the inner wall surface of the side wall 1372 and the bottom wall 1371 may be connected by all arcs.
  • the heights of the second sidewall 13722 and the fourth sidewall 13724 relative to the bottom wall 1371 may both be greater than the heights of the first sidewall 13721 and the third sidewall 13723 relative to the bottom wall 1371 ,
  • the first side wall 13721 and the third side wall 13723 are respectively abutted with the side of the movement 14 facing the bottom wall 1371.
  • the size of the first communication hole 1375 may be greater than or equal to the distance between the bottom wall 1371 and the movement 14
  • the size of the second communication hole 1376 may be greater than or equal to the size of the bottom wall 1371 and the movement 14 The distance between them is to avoid sharp structures such as right angles and sharp corners on the inner wall that forms the back cavity 300 , thereby helping to eliminate standing waves.
  • the holding portion 13 may further include a first sealing member 1381 and a second sealing member 1382 elastically supported between the partition plate 137 and the movement case 131 , for example, the first sealing member 1381 is elastically supported on the second side wall 13722 Between the second casing 1315 and surrounding the first communication hole 1375 , for example, the second sealing member 1382 is elastically supported between the fourth side wall 13724 and the second casing 1315 and surrounds the second communication hole 1376 . Further, the outlet end of the first communication hole 1375 can be covered with a first acoustic resistance net 1383 , and a protective cover can also be covered on the side of the first acoustic resistance net 1383 away from the side wall 1372 .
  • the outlet end of the second communication hole 1376 may be covered with a second acoustic resistance net 1384 , and a protective cover may be covered on the side of the second acoustic resistance net 1384 away from the side wall 1372 .
  • the sound resistance net can not only increase the waterproof and dustproof performance, but also reduce the sound leakage; the structural strength of the protective cover is greater than that of the sound resistance net, so as to prevent the sound resistance net from being punctured by foreign objects.
  • the porosity of the second acoustic resistance mesh 1384 may be less than or equal to the porosity of the first acoustic resistance mesh 1383 .
  • the first sealing member 1381 may include a first extension portion 13811 and a second extension portion 13812 connected with the first extension portion 13811, and the second extension portion 13812 extends laterally of the first extension portion 13811.
  • the first extension part 13811 and the second extension part 13812 can be fitted and fixed to the side of the side wall 1372 and the bottom wall 1371 away from the rear cavity 300 respectively, so as to increase the bonding between the first sealing member 1381 and the partition plate 137 area.
  • the first extension portion 13811 allows the region of the first acoustic resistance net 1383 corresponding to the first communication hole 1375 to be exposed, for example, the first extension portion 13811 surrounds the first communication hole 1375 and the first acoustic resistance net 1383 thereon, so that The rear cavity 300 communicates with the outside of the earphone 10 . Further, the first extension portion 13811 can press and fix the first acoustic resistance net 1383 on the side of the side wall 1372 away from the rear cavity 300 to prevent the first acoustic resistance net 1383 from being separated from the side wall 1372 .
  • the structure of the second sealing member 1382 and the connection relationship between the second sealing member 1382 and the partition plate 137 may be the same as or similar to those of the first sealing member 1381 , and details are not described herein again. Further, the first sealing member 1381 and the second sealing member 1382 may be formed on the separator 137 through an injection molding process.
  • the core 14, the baffle 137 and the structural parts such as the acoustic resistance net and the seal on it can form a loudspeaker assembly, that is, modular, so as to facilitate assembly.
  • the second side wall 13722 may be omitted; the fourth side wall 13724 may be partially used to set the second communication hole 1376 , and the height relative to the bottom wall 1371 may be equal to the first side wall 13721 and the third side wall 13723 are relative to the height of the bottom wall 1371 so as to abut on the magnetic circuit system 141 together.
  • the first sealing member 1381 can be embedded in the first sealing member 1381 or the preset sinking groove of the second casing 1315, and then the first sealing member 1381 can be attached and fixed on the second casing 1315, and then the The second housing 1315 and the first sealing member 1381 jointly clamp the first acoustic resistance net 1383, and then perform subsequent assembly.
  • the side of the first sealing member 1381 facing the second casing 1315 may be provided with a sink groove for accommodating the first acoustic resistance net 1383 .
  • the second sealing member 1382 and the second acoustic resistance net 1384 can also be attached and fixed on the second housing 1315 to form a housing assembly, that is, modular, for easy assembly.
  • the front cavity 200 may have a first opening 201 allowing the front cavity 200 to communicate with the outside of the earphone 10
  • the rear cavity 300 may have a rear cavity allowing 300 is a second opening 301 and a third opening 302 that communicate with the outside of the earphone 10 .
  • the second opening 301 may be further away from the ear hole than the first opening 201 and the third opening 302 .
  • the aforementioned first opening to third opening refer to the effective communication area between the front cavity 200 or the rear cavity 300 and the outside of the earphone 10 , that is, the transverse direction that the sound passes through in the process of being transmitted from the front cavity 200 or the rear cavity 300 to the outside of the earphone 10 .
  • the movement 14 cooperates with the first casing 1314 (and the cover plate 1316 ) to form the front cavity 300
  • the first opening 201 corresponds to the sound outlet 1311 .
  • the baffle 137 cooperates with the movement 14 to form the rear cavity 300, if the actual area of the pressure relief hole 1312 is larger than the actual area of the second communication hole 1376, then the second The opening 301 corresponds to the second communication hole 1376; if the actual area of the pressure relief hole 1312 is smaller than the actual area of the second communication hole 1376, then the second opening 301 corresponds to the pressure relief hole 1312; if the pressure relief hole 1312 is connected to the second communication hole If the 1376 are staggered from each other, the second opening 301 corresponds to the part where the pressure relief hole 1312 and the second communication hole 1376 are not shielded from each other.
  • the third opening 302 is similar, and details are not repeated here.
  • the second casing 1315 cooperates with the movement 14 to form the rear cavity 300
  • the second opening 301 and the third opening 302 directly correspond to the pressure relief holes, respectively. 1312 and sound hole 1313.
  • the earphone 10 is not provided with at least one of the front cavity 200 and the rear cavity 300 , the corresponding opening may naturally not exist.
  • the effective area described in this application may be defined as the product of the actual area of the above-mentioned effective communication area and the porosity of the covered acoustic resistance net.
  • the effective area of the first opening 201 is the product of the actual area of the first opening 201 and the porosity of the acoustic resistance mesh; and when the first opening 201 is not covered
  • the effective area of the first opening 201 is the actual area of the first opening 201 .
  • the second opening 301 and the third opening 302 are similar, and are not repeated here.
  • the effective area of the third opening 302 may be smaller than that of the second opening 301 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the second communication hole 1376 may be smaller than or equal to the actual area of the outlet end of the first communication hole 1375 , so that the sound adjustment hole 1313 and the rear cavity 300 can effectively communicate with each other.
  • the actual area of the communication area may be less than or equal to the actual area of the effective communication area between the pressure relief hole 1312 and the rear cavity 300 .
  • the actual area of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 1312 may be greater than or equal to the actual area of the outlet end of the first communication hole 1375 .
  • the dimension of the outlet end of the sound adjusting hole 1313 in the above-mentioned length direction may be equal to the dimension of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 1312 in the above-mentioned length direction; and/or the outlet end of the sound adjusting hole 1313 in the above-mentioned thickness direction may be equal to the size of the outlet end of the pressure relief hole 1312 in the above-mentioned thickness direction.
  • the size of the sound adjustment hole 1313 and pressure relief holes 1312 do not look very different in appearance to increase the consistency of appearance, and can allow them to use the same size of acoustic resistance mesh to reduce the variety of materials / avoid mixing.
  • the size of the sound adjustment hole 1313 can also be changed with the change of the second communication hole 1376, so that the appearance of the sound adjustment hole 1313 is quite different from the pressure relief hole 1312, so as to increase the appearance recognition. .
  • the porosity of the second acoustic resistance net 1384 may also be less than or equal to the porosity of the first acoustic resistance net 1383, so that the effective area of the effective communication area between the sound adjustment hole 1313 and the rear cavity 300 may be less than or equal to the pressure relief The effective area of the effective communication area between the hole 1312 and the rear cavity 300 .
  • the effective communication area between the pressure relief hole 1312 and the rear cavity 300 may have a first center (denoted as O1) in the above-mentioned length direction, and the sound adjustment hole 1313 is effectively communicated with the rear cavity 300
  • the region eg, the second communication hole 1376
  • the second center may be farther away from the center of the sound outlet 1311 than the first center in the above-mentioned length direction ( For example, O0), that is, it is closer to the third side wall 13723 mentioned above, so as to increase the distance between the sound hole 1313 and the sound outlet 1311 as much as possible, thereby reducing the output of the sound hole 1313 to the earphone.
  • the anti-phase cancellation between the external sound and the sound transmitted to the ear through the sound outlet hole 1311 is canceled.
  • the center of the hole or opening mentioned in this application refers to the position with the same distance from the surrounding of the closed curve surrounding the aforementioned hole or opening.
  • the center of the hole or opening described in this application may be its geometric center; for other irregular shapes, the center of the hole or opening described in this application may be its centroid.
  • the sound transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the first opening 201 can be simply regarded as the first sound formed by the monopole sound source A1
  • the sound transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the second opening 301 can be simply regarded as The second sound formed by the monopole sound source A2
  • the second sound and the first sound can be opposite in phase, so that they can be reversed and canceled in the far field, that is, an "acoustic dipole" is formed to reduce sound leakage.
  • the connection line between the two monopole sound sources can just point to the ear hole (referred to as "listening position"), so that the user can hear a sufficiently loud sound.
  • the sound pressure at the listening position can be used to represent the strength of the sound heard by the user.
  • counting the sound pressure on the spherical surface centered on the listening position of the user can be used to characterize the sound leakage intensity radiated to the far field by the earphone 10 .
  • various statistical methods can be used to obtain Pfar, for example, taking the average value of the sound pressure at each point on the spherical surface, and for example, taking the sound pressure distribution of each point on the spherical surface for area division, etc.
  • the sound pressure Pear delivered by the earphone 10 to the user's ear should be large enough to increase the listening effect; the sound pressure Pfar in the far field should be small enough to increase the sound leakage reduction effect. Therefore, the parameter ⁇ can be taken as an index for evaluating the sound leakage reduction/listening effect of the earphone 10:
  • the orthographic projection of the holding portion 13 on the ear may mainly fall within the range of the helix. Helix contact.
  • the first opening 201 may be located between the antihelix and the base of the upper ear, and transmit sound to the ear hole.
  • the orthographic projection of the first opening 201 on the ear can at least partially fall in the concha cavity and/or the concha boat, so that the The sound transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the first opening 201 is transmitted to the ear hole.
  • the ear is also equivalent to a baffle set near the listening position, which has the functions of convergence and reflection on the sound transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10, thereby changing the sound field distribution, which is not only conducive to increasing the sound field.
  • the sound pressure at the large listening position is also conducive to reducing the sound pressure in the far field.
  • the listening position is set between the baffle and the monopole sound source A1.
  • the baffle distorts the sound field distribution, thereby increasing the sound pressure at the listening position; at the same time, a large amount of sound remains in the entire sound field.
  • the inverse cancellation area of the area which in turn reduces the sound pressure in the far field.
  • the user's head can also be part of the bezel. Further, since the distance between the two monopole sound sources and the ear can be much smaller than the size of the ear, the ear can achieve an effect similar to an acoustic mirror.
  • the parameter ⁇ is mainly affected by the following factors: the connection between the two monopole acoustic sources The angle ⁇ between the line (denoted as A1-A2) and the normal of the baffle, the distance d between the two monopole sound sources, the distance D between the monopole sound source A1 and the listening position, The length L of the baffle and its distance B from the listening position.
  • the user's ear can be regarded as a baffle, so that the length L is relatively determined, for example, about 50-80 mm, and the distance B is about 0.
  • the first opening 201 is generally as close to the ear hole as possible, that is, the distance D is generally as small as possible, for example, the center of the first opening 201
  • the distance from the center of the ear hole is less than or equal to 16mm, for example, the distance between the lower edge of the holding part 13 facing the ear hole and the highest point (eg CP1) of the hook-shaped part 11 away from the holding part 13 in the above-mentioned height direction is greater than or equal to 19mm.
  • the distance between the center of the second opening 301 and the center of the first opening 201 may be between 7 mm and 15 mm. In a specific embodiment, the distance between the center of the second opening 301 and the center of the first opening 201 may be 9 mm.
  • the included angle ⁇ may be within a range of ⁇ 80°; preferably, the included angle ⁇ may be within a range of ⁇ 40°; more preferably, the included angle ⁇ may be within a range of ⁇ 20°. 47, considering that the second opening 301 is generally located on the side of the first opening 201 away from the ear hole, the included angle ⁇ may only take a positive value.
  • a three-dimensional reference coordinate system (denoted as X'Y'Z') can be established based on any three of the above-mentioned basic human body cut planes and basic axes that are perpendicular to each other, then two
  • the included angle ⁇ between the connecting line between the monopole sound sources and the normal line of the baffle can be determined by the included angle between the connecting lines A1-A2 and the X', Y', and Z' axes, respectively.
  • connection line A1-A2 between the two monopole sound sources can also be regarded as the connection between the center (eg, O1) of the second opening 301 and the center (eg, O0) of the first opening 201 the connection (denoted as O1-O0).
  • the included angle ⁇ 1 between the connecting line O1-O0 and the above-mentioned sagittal plane may be greater than or equal to 10°, preferably, the included angle ⁇ 1 may be greater than or equal to 30°; the included angle ⁇ 2 with the above-mentioned coronal plane may be greater than or equal to 30°.
  • the included angle ⁇ 2 may be greater than or equal to 4°; the included angle ⁇ 3 with the above-mentioned horizontal plane may be less than or equal to 80°, preferably the included angle ⁇ 3 may be less than or equal to 60°.
  • the three included angles ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 and ⁇ 3 may be 34°, 5° and 56°, respectively.
  • the holding part 13 can be close to the front side of the ear part, and the first opening 201 can also face the ear part, so that it can be simply regarded as the above-mentioned baffle perpendicular to the first part.
  • Average normal of opening 201 Based on this, the included angle between the connecting line O1 - O0 and the reference plane perpendicular to the average normal of the first opening 201 may be between 25° and 55°. Among them, the calculation formula of the aforementioned average normal is:
  • the included angle between the connecting line O1-O0 and the aforementioned vibration direction may be between 0° and 50°, preferably between 0° and 40°.
  • the ear can be simply regarded as a baffle that cooperates with the acoustic dipole, then a reference plane can be determined by at least three non-collinear physiological positions on the front of the ear, such as
  • the connecting line between the upper ear root, the interscreen notch and the Darwinian tubercle forms a reference plane (denoted as LA-LB-LD), which can be used to describe the aforementioned baffle.
  • LA-LB-LD the included angle between the connecting line O1-O0 and the aforementioned reference plane may be between 23° and 53°. In a specific embodiment, the included angle between the connecting line O1-O0 and the aforementioned reference plane may be 38°.
  • the earphone 10 when the earphone 10 is in the wearing state, it will form a plurality of contact points with the ear to ensure the stability of wearing, so the earphone 10 will also have positions corresponding to these contact points one-to-one;
  • the elastic deformation of the elastic portion 112 before and after wearing may cause a certain deviation in the corresponding relationship, and this deviation can be controlled by the deformability of the elastic portion 112 . Therefore, for ease of description, we consider this deviation to be tolerated.
  • the free end of the retaining portion 13 away from the fixing assembly 20 may have a first reference point (eg CP0) for contacting the front side of the ear
  • the fixing assembly 20 may have a A second reference point (eg CP3) for contact with the upper ear base and a third reference point (eg CP6) for contact with the ear on the back side of the ear, and the first reference point, the second reference point and the third reference point
  • the line connecting the two points forms a reference plane (denoted as CP0-CP3-CP6), which can be used to describe the aforementioned baffle.
  • the included angle between the connecting line O1-O0 and the aforementioned reference plane may be between 15° and 45°. In a specific embodiment, the included angle between the connecting line O1-O0 and the aforementioned reference plane may be 30°.
  • the front surface of the ear is not a flat and regular structure, so the above-mentioned other parameters related to the parameter ⁇ are obtained through theoretical analysis and actual measurement.
  • the actual measurement may refer to the measurement performed after wearing the earphone 10 on the above-mentioned simulator (eg GRAS 45BC KEMAR).
  • the frequency range of sounds that normal human ears can perceive is between 20Hz and 20kHz, it does not mean that all these sounds can be heard.
  • normal human ears mainly hear sounds with frequencies below 4kHz.
  • the resonant frequency of the first sound transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the first opening 201 can be shifted to the high frequency as much as possible, so that the frequency response curve of the first sound can be made as far as possible in the middle and high frequency bands and above. possible flat for increased listening.
  • the resonant frequency of the second sound transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the second opening 301 can also be shifted to a high frequency as much as possible, which can not only reduce the user's sensitivity to sound leakage, but also make the above-mentioned inversion phase.
  • the cancellation can be extended to the high frequency band to reduce leakage without affecting the listening effect. Therefore, the frequency response curve of the first sound may have the first mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak, and the first mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak is the mid-high frequency and all resonant peak frequencies in the frequency response curve formed by the first opening 201 and above.
  • the frequency response curve of the second sound may have the second lowest resonant peak in the middle and high frequencies, and the second lowest resonant peak in the middle and high frequencies is all the resonances in the mid-high frequency and above frequency bands of the frequency response curve formed by the second opening 301 The lowest of the peak frequencies.
  • the frequency response curve of the first sound may have a first resonance peak with the lowest frequency in the middle and high frequency bands and above; similarly, the frequency response curve of the second sound may have a first resonance peak in the middle and high frequency bands and above. The second resonance peak with the lowest frequency.
  • the peak resonance frequencies of the first mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak and the second mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak may be greater than or equal to 5 kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequencies of the first mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak and the second mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak may both be greater than or equal to 6 kHz.
  • the difference between the peak resonant frequency of the lowest resonant peak of the first mid-high frequency and the peak resonant frequency of the lowest resonant peak of the second mid-high frequency may be less than or equal to 1 kHz, so that the second sound and the first sound are more stable in the far field. Good inversion cancellation.
  • the frequency range corresponding to the low frequency band may be 20-150Hz
  • the frequency range corresponding to the middle frequency band may be 150-5kHz
  • the frequency range corresponding to the high frequency band may be 5k-20kHz.
  • the frequency range corresponding to the middle and low frequency bands may be 150-500 Hz
  • the frequency range corresponding to the middle and high frequency bands may be 500-5 kHz.
  • the horizontal axis may represent the frequency, and the unit is Hz; the vertical axis may represent the intensity, and the unit is dB.
  • first mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak may include both the resonant peak generated by cavity resonance and the standing wave peak produced by cavity surface reflection; the above-mentioned second mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak is similar to this, It is not repeated here.
  • the user mainly listens to the first sound when wearing the earphone 10 , so the peak resonance frequency of the lowest resonance peak of the first mid-high frequency has a great influence on the listening effect.
  • the corresponding research is carried out on the lowest resonance peak of the first mid-high frequency in order to increase the listening effect.
  • the resonant peak of the frequency response curve of the first sound in the middle and high frequency bands and above may be mainly due to cavity resonance, which generally satisfies the calculation formula of the resonant frequency of the Helmholtz resonant cavity:
  • f0 is the resonant frequency of cavity resonance
  • c0 is the speed of sound in air
  • S is the actual area of the first opening 201
  • V is the volume of the front cavity 200
  • l is the length of the first opening 201
  • r is the equivalent radius of the first opening 201 .
  • l generally depends on the wall thickness of the shell.
  • the first opening 201 is generally covered with an acoustic blocking net to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance and adjust the frequency response curve.
  • the effective area of the first opening 201 may be greater than or equal to 2 mm 2 .
  • the actual area of the first opening 201 may be greater than or equal to 7 mm 2 , and the porosity of the acoustic resistance mesh covered thereon may be greater than or equal to 13%; and/or, the pore size may be greater than or equal to 18 ⁇ m.
  • the volume of the front cavity 200 may be less than or equal to 90 mm 3 .
  • the volume of the front cavity 200 may be approximately the product of the area of the diaphragm 143 and the depth of the front cavity 200 in the vibration direction of the movement 14 .
  • the depth of the front cavity 200 in the aforementioned vibration direction is as small as possible. Therefore, the maximum depth of the front cavity 200 in the aforementioned vibration direction may be less than or equal to 3 mm, preferably less than or equal to 1 mm.
  • the cavity surface of the front cavity 200 will form at least a pair of parallel or approximately parallel reflection surfaces, thereby forming standing waves.
  • the sound wave is reflected in the cavity, the incident wave and the reflected wave are superimposed to form a fixed antinode node, which induces a standing wave at a specific frequency.
  • the resonant peaks of the frequency response curve of the first sound in the middle and high frequency bands and above can also originate from standing waves, which generally satisfy the calculation formula:
  • n is a positive integer.
  • f0 is the frequency of the standing wave peak
  • c0 is the speed of sound in the air
  • L is the distance between the center of the first opening 201 and the cavity surface of the front cavity 200 .
  • the distance L the higher the frequency corresponding to the standing wave peak, that is, the easier the first mid-high frequency lowest resonance peak is to shift to a higher frequency.
  • the distance between the center of the first opening 201 and the cavity surface of the front cavity 200 may be less than or equal to 17.15 mm.
  • the front cavity 200 may have a first front cavity surface 202 , a third front cavity surface 204 spaced from each other in the long axis direction of the movement 14 , and a third front cavity surface 204 spaced apart from each other in the short axis direction of the movement 14 .
  • Two front cavity surfaces 203 and a fourth front cavity surface 205 are disposed.
  • the first front cavity surface 202 may be closer to the connecting portion 12 than the third front cavity surface 204
  • the fourth front cavity surface 205 may be closer to the ear hole than the second front cavity surface 203
  • the distance between 202 and the third front cavity surface 204 may be greater than or equal to the distance between the second front cavity surface 203 and the fourth front cavity surface 205 .
  • the vertical distances from the center of the first opening 201 to the first front cavity surface 202, the second front cavity surface 203, the third front cavity surface 204 and the fourth front cavity surface 205 can be defined as the first distance L1, the The second distance L2, the third distance L3 and the fourth distance L4.
  • the four vertical distances have the following basic relationship: L1 ⁇ L2 ⁇ L3 ⁇ L4, then the frequencies corresponding to the corresponding standing wave peaks have the following relationship: f1 ⁇ f2 ⁇ f3 ⁇ f4.
  • the first standing wave peak of the first sound in the mid-to-high frequency band and above will be determined by the largest of the four vertical distances, so it can be L1 ⁇ 17.15.
  • the first distance may be less than or equal to the third distance
  • the fourth distance may be less than or equal to the second distance, so that the first opening 201 is closer to the ear hole.
  • the first opening 201 may be opposite to the diaphragm 143 in the vibration direction of the movement 14 , and the size of the first opening 201 in the direction of the long axis of the movement 14 is the same as that of the first opening 201 in the direction of the long axis of the movement 14 .
  • the ratio between the dimensions in the short axis direction may be less than or equal to 3, for example, the first opening 201 is arranged in a circular shape, and for example, the first opening 201 is arranged in a racetrack shape.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 communicating with the front cavity 200, and the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 is set to weaken the peak resonance intensity of the lowest resonant peak of the first mid-high frequency, that is, before the absorption
  • the acoustic energy of the cavity 200 near the peak resonance frequency can suppress the sudden increase of the peak resonance intensity, so that the frequency response curve is flatter, and the sound quality is more balanced.
  • the peak resonance intensity of the first mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak is related to the Helmholtz resonant intensity.
  • the difference between the peak resonance intensities of the first mid-high frequency lowest resonance peak when the opening of the resonant cavity 400 connected to the front cavity 200 is in a closed state may be greater than or equal to 3 dB.
  • the opening of the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 communicating with the front cavity 200 may also be provided with an acoustic blocking net to further adjust the frequency response curve. Wherein, the porosity of the acoustic resistance net may be greater than or equal to 3%.
  • the number of Helmholtz resonant cavities 400 may be multiple, so as to better absorb the sound energy of the front cavity 200 near the peak resonant frequency.
  • a plurality of Helmholtz resonant cavities 400 may be arranged in parallel with the front cavity 200, for example, communicated with the front cavity 200 respectively; One of them communicates with the front cavity 200 .
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 may be disposed in the second region 13B, for example, in the flexible cladding structure 132 .
  • the blind holes 1321 in the flexible cladding structure 321 can also serve as the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 in addition to providing a deformation space for the flexible cladding structure 132 .
  • a communication hole is left on the cover plate 1316 to communicate with the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 and the front cavity 200 .
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 may be disposed in the connecting portion 12 , for example, disposed between the third casing 122 and the first casing 1314 .
  • a first flange may be provided on the inner wall surface of the first casing 1314 facing the third casing 122, and the third casing 122 is pressed against the first flange to form a Helmholtz resonance.
  • cavity 400; or a second flange may be provided on the inner wall surface of the third casing 122 facing the first casing 1314, and the first casing 1314 is pressed against the second flange to form a Helmholtz resonance.
  • Cavity 400 may be provided in the connecting portion 12 , for example, disposed between the third casing 122 and the first casing 1314 .
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 can be formed by engaging the third casing 122 with the first casing 1314 . Further, the Helmholtz resonant cavity 400 may also be formed by a blow molding process, and then placed and fixed in the connecting portion 12 .
  • the rear cavity 300 can also adopt the same or similar technical solution as the front cavity 200 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the main difference from the front cavity 200 is that for standing waves, the back cavity 300 can also shorten the wavelength of the standing waves in the back cavity 300 by destroying the high-voltage region of the sound field in the back cavity 300 , thereby making the second medium and high frequencies the lowest.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the resonant peak is as large as possible.
  • the third opening 302 may be disposed in the high pressure region of the sound field in the rear cavity 300 , for example, the third opening 302 and the second opening 301 are located on opposite sides of the movement 14 .
  • the peak resonant frequency of the second mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak can be compared with that when the third opening 302 is in a closed state (denoted as "Turn-off”), the peak resonant frequency of the second mid-high frequency lowest resonant peak is shifted to the high frequency, and the shift amount may be greater than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the effective area of the third opening 302 may be smaller than the effective area of the second opening 301, so as to adjust the peak resonance frequency of the lowest resonance peak of the second medium and high frequency.
  • the size of the second opening 301 in the direction of the long axis of the movement 14 may also be larger than the size of the first opening 201 in the direction of the long axis of the movement 14 .
  • the rear chamber 300 may have a first rear chamber surface 303 and a second rear chamber surface 304 spaced apart from each other in the long axis direction of the movement 14 , a second opening 302 and a third opening They can then be spaced from each other in the direction of the minor axis of the movement 14 .
  • the actual area of the third opening 302 may be smaller than the actual area of the second opening 301 , so that the effective area of the third opening 302 may be smaller than the effective area of the second opening 301 .
  • the section of at least one of the first rear cavity surface 303 and the second rear cavity surface 304 close to the third opening 302 may be arranged in an arc shape when viewed along the vibration direction of the movement 14 to avoid forming the rear cavity 300 by enclosing it.
  • There are sharp structures such as right angles and sharp corners on the inner wall of the duct, which is conducive to eliminating standing waves.
  • at least one of the first cavity surface 303 and the third cavity surface 305 may be arranged in an arc shape when viewed along the short axis direction, which is also beneficial to eliminate standing waves.
  • the opening direction of the second opening 301 may face the top of the user's head, for example, the angle between the opening direction and the above-mentioned vertical axis is between 0° and 10°, so as to allow the second opening 301 to be compared with the third opening 302 is further away from the ear hole, so that it is difficult for the user and other people in the surrounding environment to hear the sound output to the outside of the earphone 10 through the second opening 301, so as to reduce sound leakage.
  • the opening direction of the second opening 301 may refer to the direction of the average normal of the second opening 301 .
  • the second opening 301 may have a first center (eg O1 ) in the long axis direction of the movement 14
  • the third opening 302 may have a second center (eg O2 ) in the aforementioned long axis direction
  • the second center The center of the first opening 201 is farther away from the first center in the aforementioned long axis direction, so as to increase the distance between the third opening 302 and the first opening 201 as much as possible, thereby weakening the output to the first opening 201 through the third opening 302
  • the inversion cancels between the sound outside the earphone 10 and the sound transmitted to the ear through the first opening 201 .
  • the first rear cavity surface 303 may be closer to the connecting portion 12 than the second rear cavity surface 304 , and the radius of curvature of at least a portion of the first rear cavity surface 303 may be larger than the corresponding region of the second rear cavity surface 204 The radius of curvature of the segment.
  • the first rear cavity surface 303 may include a first sub-rear cavity surface 3031, a second sub-rear cavity surface 3032 and a third sub-rear cavity surface 3033 which are connected in sequence, and the first sub-rear cavity surface 3031 may be connected to each other. It is closer to the second opening 301 and farther away from the second rear cavity surface 304 than the third sub-rear cavity surface 3033 .
  • at least the second sub-rear cavity surface 3032 of the second sub-rear cavity surface 3032 and the third sub-rear cavity surface 3033 may be arranged in an arc shape.
  • the second sub-rear cavity surface 3032 is arranged in an arc shape, and the arc radius is greater than or equal to 2 mm.
  • the angle between the tangent of the second sub-rear cavity surface 3032 and the short axis direction of the movement 14 may gradually increase, and the third sub-rear cavity surface
  • the included angle between the tangent of 3033 and the aforementioned short axis direction may remain unchanged or gradually decrease.
  • the fixing assembly 20 described in the present application is connected to the holding portion 13 , mainly for making the holding portion 13 contact the front side of the ear portion in the wearing state.
  • the fixing assembly 20 may include a hook portion 11 and a connection portion 12 connecting the hook portion 11 and the holding portion 13 .
  • the fixing assembly 20 can be arranged in a ring shape and wound around the ear, such as shown in (a) of FIG. On the rear side of the head, such as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 59(b) it can also be arranged in a head beam structure and wound around the top of the head, such as shown in FIG. 59(c).
  • the technical solutions described in this application can be applied to hearing aids, audio glasses, or other smart glasses such as AR, VR, and MR, in addition to earphones.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)
  • Details Of Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)
  • Reciprocating, Oscillating Or Vibrating Motors (AREA)

Abstract

本申请主要是涉及一种耳机，耳机包括钩状部、连接部和保持部，其中在佩戴状态下，钩状部用于挂设在用户的耳部的后侧与头部之间，保持部用于接触耳部的前侧，连接部连接钩状部与保持部，并从头部向头部的外侧延伸，进而与钩状部配合为保持部提供对耳部的前侧的压紧力。本申请提供的耳机在钩状部与保持部之间设置连接部，连接部能够适配耳部的厚度，以便于耳机在佩戴状态下绕过上耳根及其附近组织，有利于增加佩戴的舒适度和稳定性。

Description

一种耳机
本申请要求于2020年07月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为2020107433964、发明名称为“一种耳机”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本申请要求于2020年11月24日提交中国专利局、申请号为2020113285194、发明名称为“一种耳机”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及发声器械的技术领域，具体是涉及一种耳机。
背景技术
耳机已广泛地应用于人们的日常生活，其可以与手机、电脑等电子设备配合使用，以便于为用户提供听觉盛宴。其中，按照耳机的工作原理，一般可以分为气导式耳机和骨导式耳机；按照用户佩戴耳机的方式，一般又可以分为头戴式耳机、耳挂式耳机和入耳式耳机；按照耳机与电子设备之间的交互方式，一般还可以分为有线式耳机和无线式耳机。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了一种耳机，耳机包括钩状部、连接部和保持部，其中在佩戴状态下，钩状部用于挂设在用户的耳部的后侧与头部之间，保持部用于接触耳部的前侧，连接部连接钩状部与保持部，并从头部向头部的外侧延伸，进而与钩状部配合为保持部提供对耳部的前侧的压紧力。
本申请的有益效果是：本申请提供的耳机在钩状部与保持部之间设置连接部，连接部能够适配耳部的厚度，以便于耳机在佩戴状态下绕过上耳根及其附近组织，有利于增加佩戴的舒适度和稳定性。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。
图1是本申请所述用户的耳部一轮廓的前侧结构示意图；
图2是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的主视结构示意图；
图3是图2中耳机的左视结构示意图；
图4是图2中耳机处于佩戴状态的前侧视角示意图；
图5是图2中耳机处于佩戴状态的后侧视角示意图；
图6是图2中耳机处于佩戴状态的力学模型示意图；
图7是本申请提供的耳机另一实施例的主视结构示意图；
图8是图7中耳机的左视结构示意图；
图9是图7中耳机处于佩戴状态的前侧视角示意图；
图10是图7中耳机处于佩戴状态的后侧视角示意图；
图11是图7中耳机处于佩戴状态的力学模型示意图；
图12是本申请提供的耳机又一实施例的俯视结构示意图；
图13是本申请提供的耳机又一实施例的主视结构示意图；
图14是本申请提供的耳机再一实施例的结构示意图；
图15是图14中耳机处于佩戴状态的力学模型示意图；
图16是本申请中电池部的皮肤接触区域的表面结构示意图；
图17是图12中延伸部不同实施方式的结构示意图；
图18是本申请提供的耳机再一实施例的结构示意图；
图19是图8中钩状部的透视结构示意图；
图20是图19中弹性金属丝在垂直于钩状部的延伸方向的参考平面上的断面结构示意图；
图21是本申请提供的耳机再一实施例的主视结构示意图；
图22是本申请所述的转轴组件一实施例的结构示意图；
图23是图22中转轴组件在装配前后的结构示意图；
图24是本申请所述的转轴组件另一实施例的结构示意图；
图25是图24中转轴组件一实施方式的拆解结构示意图；
图26是图25中转轴组件的截面结构示意图；
图27是图24中转轴组件另一实施方式的拆解结构示意图；
图28是图27中转轴组件的截面结构示意图；
图29是本申请提供的耳机任一实施例在XY平面的截面结构示意图；
图30是本申请提供的耳机一实施例背离耳部一侧的结构示意图；
图31是本申请提供的耳机一实施例朝向耳部一侧的结构示意图；
图32是本申请提供的耳机一实施例在用户头顶一侧观察的结构示意图；
图33是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的拆解结构示意图；
图34是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的拆解结构示意图；
图35是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的拆解结构示意图；
图36是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图37是本申请提供的耳机一实施例背离耳部一侧的结构示意图；
图38是本申请提供的耳机一实施例在用户头顶一侧观察的结构示意图；
图39是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的拆解结构示意图；
图40是本申请提供的机芯一实施例朝向主板一侧的结构示意图；
图41是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的拆解结构示意图；
图42是本申请提供的耳机一实施例背离耳部一侧的结构示意图；
图43是本申请提供的耳机一实施例在用户头顶一侧观察的结构示意图；
图44是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的拆解结构示意图；
图45是本申请提供的隔板一实施例朝向机芯一侧的结构示意图；
图46是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图47是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图48是本申请提供的声偶极子的声场分布示意图；
图49是本申请提供的声偶极子搭配一挡板的声场分布示意图；
图50是本申请提供的声偶极子是否搭配一挡板的远场声压示意图；
图51是本申请提供的声偶极子搭配一挡板的理论模型示意图；
图52是本申请提供的参数α与夹角θ的关系示意图；
图53是本申请提供的声偶极子一实施例与耳部的相对关系示意图；
图54是本申请提供的耳机一实施例朝向耳部一侧的结构示意图；
图55是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图56是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的频响曲线示意图；
图57是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的后腔的结构示意图；
图58是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的频响曲线示意图；
图59是本申请提供的耳机三种实施例分别处于佩戴状态的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图和实施例，对本申请作进一步的详细描述。特别指出的是，以下实施例仅用于说明本申请，但不对本申请的范围进行限定。同样的，以下实施例仅为本申请的部分实施例而非全部实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本申请中提及“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本申请所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。
参阅图1，图1是本申请所述用户的耳部一轮廓的前侧结构示意图。
如图1所示，用户的耳部100除了外耳道101及其附近的耳甲腔102之外，耳甲艇103、三角窝104等部位在三维空间中也具有一定的深度及容积，也可以用于实现耳机的佩戴需求。换言之，通过合理地设计耳机的结构，并借助用户的耳部100除了外耳道101以外的部位，同样能够实现耳机的佩戴及机械振动的传播，并“解放”用户的外耳道101，进而既能够增加用户的身体健康，又能够降低交通意外的发生概率。基于此，本申请另辟蹊径地提出一种耳机，并主要是借助用户的耳部100的上半部分(具体可以是耳甲艇103、三角窝104、对耳轮105、耳舟106、耳轮107等部位所在的区域)，以实现耳机的 佩戴及机械振动的传播。当然，为了改善耳机在佩戴方面的舒适度及可靠性，也可以进一步借助用户的耳垂108等部位。进一步地，为了便于描述，还可以进一步标识耳部100上一些较为特殊的生理位置，例如耳轮107前缘与头部连接的上耳根LA、耳轮107上的达尔文结节LB、对耳轮105靠近耳垂108一端且朝向耳甲腔102的轮屏切迹LC、耳甲腔102靠近耳垂108一端的屏间切迹LD。当然，由于用户存在个体差异，诸如达尔文结节等生理位置可能在一些用户的耳部上并不明显，甚至是不存在，但这并不意味着其他用户的耳部上不具有该生理位置。
需要说明的是：虽然外耳道具有一定的深度以延伸至鼓膜，但是为了便于描述，并结合图1，本申请在没有特别说明的情况下，外耳道具体是指其背离鼓膜的入口，也即是耳孔。进一步地，本申请所述的“耳部的前侧”是一个相对于“耳部的后侧”的概念，前者指耳部背离头部的一侧，例如图1，后者指耳部朝向头部的一侧，他们均是针对用户的耳部。
共同参阅图2至图5，图2是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的主视结构示意图，图3是图2中耳机的左视结构示意图，图4是图2中耳机处于佩戴状态的前侧视角示意图，图5是图2中耳机处于佩戴状态的后侧视角示意图。需要说明的是：图2中示意出耳机的X、Y、Z三个方向，主要是为了示意出XY、XZ、YZ三个平面，以便于后文中进行相应的描述。因此，本申请中所有方向性指示(诸如上、下、左、右、前、后……)主要是用于解释在某一特定姿态(如附图2所示)下各部件之间的相对位置关系、运动情况等；如果该特定姿态发生改变时，则该方向性指示也相应地随之改变。
如图2及图3所示，耳机10可以包括钩状部11、连接部12和保持部13。其中，连接部12连接钩状部11与保持部13，以使得耳机10处于非佩戴状态(也即是自然状态)时在三维空间中呈弯曲状。换言之，在三维空间中，钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13不共面。如此设置，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，如图4及图5所示，钩状部11可以主要是用于挂设在用户的耳部的后侧与头部之间，保持部13可以主要是用于接触用户的耳部的前侧，进而允许保持部13和钩状部11配合以夹持耳部。作为示例性地，连接部12则可以从头部向头部的外侧延伸，进而与钩状部11配合为保持部13提供对耳部的前侧的压紧力。其中，保持部13在压紧力的作用下具体可以抵压于耳甲艇、三角窝、对耳轮等部位所在的区域，以使得耳机10处于佩戴状态时不遮挡耳部的外耳道。作为示例性地，耳机10处于佩戴状态时，保持部13在用户的耳部的投影主要是落在耳部的耳轮范围内；进一步地，保持部13可以位于耳部的外耳道靠近用户头顶一侧，并与耳轮和/或对耳轮接触。如此，既可以避免保持部13遮挡外耳道，进而解放用户的双耳；还可以增加保持部13与耳部之间的接触面积，进而改善耳机10的佩戴舒适性。
需要说明的是：基于ANSI:S3.36,S3.25和IEC:60318-7标准可以制得一含头部及其(左、右)耳部的模拟器，例如GRAS 45BC KEMAR，因此本申请中“用户佩戴耳机”或者“耳机处于佩戴状态”这类描述可以指耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部。基于此，本申请所述的“佩戴状态”可以指耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部之后的正常佩戴状态；为了便于描述，前述正常佩戴状态可以进一步从耳部的前侧、后侧等视角进行示意，例如图4及图5所示的正常佩戴状态，再例如图9及图10所示的正常佩戴状态。当然，由于用户存在个体差异，耳机10的实际佩戴状态相较于前述正常佩戴状态可能存在一定的差异。
对于成年男性等类型的用户，其耳部的厚度往往较厚(俗称“厚耳朵”)，通过合理设计连接部12的形状、尺寸等结构参数及其与钩状部11、保持部13之间的连接关系，将在后文中进行示例性的说明，既可以保证耳机10尽可能地与耳部贴合，以改善耳机10的佩戴稳定性，还可以避免耳机10过度夹持上耳根附近的耳轮，也即是自然绕过上耳根，以改善耳机10的佩戴舒适度。进一步地，对于儿童、未成年人、成年女性等类型的用户，其耳部的厚度往往较薄(俗称“薄耳朵”)，尤其是相较于成年男性的耳部的厚度，为了增加耳机10处于佩戴状态时与用户的耳部的贴合度，连接部12的尺寸可以很小，例如连接部12为保持部13与钩状部11之间的一圆弧过渡。
进一步地，耳机10还可以包括机芯14、主板15和电池16。其中，机芯14主要是用于将电信号转换成相应的机械振动(也即是“发声”)，并可以通过相应的导体与主板15、电池16电性连接；主板15主要是用于控制机芯14的发声，电池16主要是用于给机芯14的发声提供电能。当然，本申请所述的耳机10还可以包括麦克风、拾音器这类传声器，也可以进一步包括蓝牙、NFC(Near Field Communication，近场通信)这类通信器件，它们通过相应的导体与主板15、电池16电性连接，以实现相应的功能。
作为示例性地，机芯14可以固定在保持部13，并在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，机芯14能够在压紧力的作用下紧贴用户的耳部。进一步地，在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，由于保持部13主要是位于用户的耳部的前侧，如图4所示，使得保持部13除了用于固定机芯14之外，还可以设置一些便于用户与耳机10进行交互的功能按键(图2中未示出)。基于此，主板15也可以设置在保持部13，以缩短机芯14及其它诸如功能按键等与主板15之间的走线距离。值得注意的是：由于保持部13可以设置机芯14、主板15、功能按键等，并在耳机10处于佩戴状态时位于用户的耳部的前侧，使得电池16可以设置在 钩状部11，并在耳机10处于佩戴状态时主要是位于用户的耳部的后侧与头部之间，如图5所示。如此设置，不仅可以增加电池16的容量，以改善耳机10的续航能力；还可以对耳机10的重量进行均衡，以改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性、舒适度。
进一步地，本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：保持部13的总重量与钩状部11对应于电池16的部分(以下简称：电池部)的总重量之间的重量配比可以在4:1以内，优选地可以在3:1以内，更优选地可以在2.5:1以内。其中，结合图2及图3，在一些实施方式中，保持部13的总重量为保持部13的自重及其中机芯14、主板15等结构件的重量；上述电池部的总重量为上述电池部的自重及其中电池16等结构件的重量。当然，本领域的技术人员容易得知，可以根据设计需要变动保持部13中的结构件以及上述电池部中的结构件，对不同部位结构件的调整均包括在本申请的技术方案中，对重量配比没有影响，在此不再赘述。此时，耳机10的重量可以较为均衡地分布在两端，用户的耳部也可以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时作为一个支点而支撑耳机10，使得耳机10处于佩戴状态时至少能够在非运动状态下不滑落。当然，随之而来的，用户的耳部会承受耳机10的大部分重量，这样在长时间佩戴的情景下可能容易引起不适。为此，钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13等结构可以选择质地较软的材质(例如聚碳酸酯、聚酰胺、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物、硅胶等)制成，以便于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。进一步地，为了改善耳机10的结构强度，还可以在钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13等结构内设置诸如弹簧钢、钛合金、钛镍合金、铬钼钢、铝合金、铜合金等弹性金属丝。
需要说明的是：为了兼顾耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度与稳定性，还可以有如下改进：
1)连接部12和上述电池部可以选择质地较硬的材质，两者之间的中间部分则可以选择上述质地较软的材质；或者中间部分采用“软包硬”的结构形式，例如用户佩戴耳机10时，钩状部11与用户接触的区域选择上述质地较软的材质，其余区域则选择上述质地较硬的材质，不同的材质之间采用双色注塑、喷涂手感漆等工艺进行成型。其中，上述质地较硬的材质可以包括但不限于聚碳酸酯(Polycarbonate,PC)、聚酰胺(Polyamides,PA)、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物(Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene,ABS)、聚苯乙烯(Polystyrene,PS)、高冲击聚苯乙烯(High Impact Polystyrene,HIPS)、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)、聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯(Polyethylene Terephthalate,PET)、聚氯乙烯(Polyvinyl Chloride,PVC)、聚氨酯(Polyurethanes,PU)、聚乙烯(Polyethylene,PE)、酚醛树脂(Phenol Formaldehyde,PF)、聚醚砜树酯(Poly(ester sulfones),PES)、聚二氯乙烯(Polyvinylidene chloride,PVDC)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(Polymethyl Methacrylate,PMMA)、聚醚醚酮(Poly-ether-ether-ketone,PEEK)等或其至少两种形成的混合物，亦或其与玻璃纤维、碳纤维等增强剂形成的混合物。进一步地，上述手感漆具体可以为橡胶手感漆、弹性手感漆、塑料弹性漆等。
2)由于耳机10会被用户佩戴，使得耳机10总是会有部分区域会与用户的皮肤接触(以下简称：皮肤接触区域)；而皮肤接触区域的材质一般又会影响用户在长时间佩戴耳机10下的舒适度。为此，皮肤接触区域可以上述质地较软的材质，其它区域则选择上述质地较硬的材质，不同的材质之间采用双色注塑、喷涂手感漆等工艺进行成型。
其中，上述质地较软的材质的邵氏硬度可以为45-85A，30-60D。当然，上述质地较软的材质、上述质地较硬的材质均可以包覆于上述弹性金属丝。
进一步地，不同的用户在年龄、性别、基因控制的性状表达等方面可能存在较大的差异，导致不同的用户的耳部及头部可能大小不一、形状不一。为此，钩状部11相对于连接部12可转动，或者保持部13相对于连接部12可转动，亦或者连接部12中一部分相对于另一部分可转动，以使得钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13在三维空间中的相对位置关系可调节，以便于耳机10适配不同的用户，也即是增加耳机10在佩戴方面对用户的适用范围。例如：连接部12由软钢丝等可形变材料制成，用户弯折连接部12使之一部分相对于另一部分转动，即可调节钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13在三维空间中的相对位置，进而满足其佩戴需求。再例如：连接部12设置有转轴机构121，用户通过转轴机构121同样能够调节钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13在三维空间中的相对位置，进而满足其佩戴需求。其中，转轴机构121的详细结构，在本技术领域的技术人员的理解范围内，此处不作详述。进一步地，若钩状部11与连接部12通过转轴机构121活动连接，则钩状部11相对于连接部12可转动；若保持部13与连接部12通过转轴机构121活动连接，则保持部13相对于连接部12可转动；若连接部12的一部分与另一部分通过转轴机构121活动连接，则连接部12中一部分相对于另一部分可转动。
参阅图6，图6是图2中耳机处于佩戴状态的力学模型示意图。需要说明的是：图6中YZ平面可以视作用户的头部所在平面；图6中ABC段可以视作钩状部，图6中CD段可以视作连接部，图6中DEF段可以视作保持部。进一步地，图6中C点可以对应于图1中耳部的上近头端所在区域(如图1中虚框C所示的区域)。
如图4至图6所示，耳机10处于佩戴状态时，ABC段主要是位于用户的耳部的后侧，DEF主要是 位于用户的耳部的前侧，CD段主要是适配用户的耳部的厚度。此时，BC段、CD段和DEF段能够形成一个类似于“夹子”的结构，以使得耳机10能够夹持在用户的耳部上，进而形成佩戴的基本态势。下面就耳机10在佩戴方面的受力情况及其稳定性等进行示例性的说明：
如图6所示，在从钩状部11和连接部12之间的第一连接点C到钩状部11的自由端(例如图6中A点所在一端)的方向上，钩状部11向用户的头部弯折，并与头部形成第一接触点B和第二接触点A。其中，第一接触点B位于第二接触点A与第一连接点C之间。需要说明的是：第一接触点B和第二接触点A均为力学模型中的定义点，在实际配戴时，由于不同用户的头部、耳部等生理构造存在差异，对耳机10的实际佩戴会有一定的影响，耳机10实际佩戴时与头部接触的位置可以对应于钩状部11的自由端，也可以是上述自由端与第一接触点B之间的任意一点；当然，AB段也可以部分或整体抵接于用户的头部，其力学模型和实际佩戴中的稳定原理与上述技术方案相同，为本领域的技术人员在本申请的技术方案的基础之上不通过创造性劳动即可容易获知并进行调整配合的内容，此处不再赘述。如此设置，以使得钩状部11形成以第一接触点B为支点的杠杆结构。此时，钩状部11的自由端抵压于用户的头部，用户的头部则在第二接触点A处提供指向头部外侧的作用力，该作用力经杠杆结构转化为第一连接点C处的指向头部的作用力，进而经连接部12为保持部13提供对耳部的前侧的压紧力。
需要说明的是：为了使得钩状部11的自由端在耳机10处于佩戴状态时能够抵压于用户的头部，并使得用户的头部能够在第二接触点A处提供指向头部外侧的作用力，至少需要满足如下条件：钩状部11的自由端在耳机10处于非佩戴状态时与YZ平面之间形成的夹角大于钩状部11的自由端在耳机10处于佩戴状态时与YZ平面之间形成的夹角。其中，钩状部11的自由端在耳机10处于非佩戴状态时与YZ平面之间形成的夹角越大，钩状部11的自由端在耳机10处于佩戴状态时能够越好地抵压于用户的头部，用户的头部能够在第二接触点A处提供指向头部外侧的作用力也相应地越大。
值得注意的是：钩状部11的自由端抵压于用户的头部时，除了使得用户的头部在第二接触点A处提供指向头部外侧的作用力之外，还会使得钩状部11的至少BC段对耳部的后侧形成另一压紧力，并能够与保持部13对耳部的前侧形成的压紧力相互配合，以对用户的耳部形成“前后夹击”的压紧效果，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。
进一步地，电池16可以主要是设置在钩状部11的AB段，以便于克服保持部13及其内机芯14、主板15等结构的自重，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。当然，还可以将钩状部11与用户的耳部、头部接触的表面设置成磨砂表面、具有纹理的表面等结构，以增加钩状部11与用户的耳部、头部之间的摩擦力，以便于克服保持部13及其内机芯14、主板15等结构的自重，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。进一步地，钩状部11的自由端(尤其是A点所在区域)可变形，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，钩状部11的自由端抵压于用户的头部并发生变形，使得钩状部11的自由端与用户的头部的接触面积变大，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度、稳定性。例如：钩状部11采用双色注塑成型，其自由端(尤其是A点所在区域)的弹性模量小于其它区域的，以增加自由端的变形能力。再例如：钩状部11的自由端设置有孔洞111，使之呈镂空结构，以增加自由端的变形能力。其中，孔洞111可以为通孔和/或盲孔，其数量可以为一个或多个，其轴线方向可以垂直于钩状部11的自由端与用户的头部之间的接触面。
需要说明的是：为了兼顾耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度与稳定性，还可以有如下改进：
1)上述电池部的皮肤接触区域形成有纹理结构，结合图16中(a)，该纹理结构可以为多个沿钩状部11的长度方向间隔分布的条状凸起112a；结合图16中(b)，该纹理结构也可以为多个沿钩状部11的长度方向间隔分布的点状凸起112b；当然，该纹理结构还可以呈网格状。
2)结合图16中(c)，上述电池部的皮肤接触区域还可以设置有沿钩状部11的长度方向延伸的半纺锤状凸起112c。其中，以钩状部11的自由端作为参考，半纺锤状凸起112c在沿靠近钩状部11的自由端的方向(如图16中箭头所示的方向)上，其各个部分相对于钩状部11的凸起高度先逐渐增加后逐渐减小。如此设置，以在用户佩戴耳机10的过程中，半纺锤状凸起112c与用户的皮肤之间能够尽可能地产生较小的阻力；而在用户佩戴耳机10结束之后，半纺锤状凸起112c与用户的皮肤之间却能够尽可能地产生较大的阻力，以避免耳机10脱落。
3)上述电池部的皮肤接触区域设置成磨砂表面时，可以优选亲肤性较好的材质。
其中，上述各类凸起均可以选择质地较软、阻尼系数较大、具有一定亲肤性的材质。进一步地，通过上述各种实施方式，上述电池部的皮肤接触区域的摩擦系数可以达到0.1-1.0。
作为示例性地，C点在YZ平面上的投影与EF段在YZ平面上的投影之间的直线距离可以为10-17mm，优选地为12-16mm，更优选地为13-15mm。BC段在XY平面上的投影与DE段在XY面上的投影之间的夹角为0-25°，优选地为0-20°，更优选地为2-20°。进一步地，AB段与XY平面上经过B点的法线之间的夹角为0-25°，优选地为0-20°，更优选地为2-20°。进一步地，在一些实施方 式中，C点在XY平面上的投影与EF段在XY平面上的投影之间的直线距离可以为2-4mm，优选地为2.8mm。当然，在其他一些实施方式中，C点在XY平面上的投影与EF段在XY平面上的投影之间的直线距离可以为1-4mm，优选地为2.5mm。如此，以便于连接部12在佩戴状态下绕过耳部的上耳根，改善耳机10的佩戴舒适性。
基于上述的详细描述，本申请一方面对耳机10的重量进行合理的均衡分配，使得用户的耳部可以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时作为一个支点而支撑耳机10；另一方面在耳机10的钩状部11与保持部13之间设置连接部12，使得耳机10处于佩戴状态时连接部12与钩状部11配合而为保持部13提供对耳部的前侧的压紧力，进而使得耳机10处于佩戴状态时能够牢牢地紧贴于用户的耳部。如此设置，既能够改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性，又能够改善耳机10在发声方面的可靠性。
共同参阅图7至图11，图7是本申请提供的耳机另一实施例的主视结构示意图，图8是图7中耳机的左视结构示意图，图9是图7中耳机处于佩戴状态的前侧视角示意图，图10是图7中耳机处于佩戴状态的后侧视角示意图，图11是图7中耳机处于佩戴状态的力学模型示意图。需要说明的是：图11中YZ平面可以视作用户的头部所在平面；图11中ABC段可以视作钩状部，图11中CD段可以视作连接部，图11中DEF段可以视作保持部。进一步地，图11中C点可以对应于图1中耳部的上近头端所在区域(如图1中虚框C所示的区域)。
如图4至图6所示，耳机10处于佩戴状态时，ABC段主要是位于用户的耳部的后侧，DEF主要是位于用户的耳部的前侧，CD段主要是适配用户的耳部的厚度。此时，BC段、CD段和DEF段能够形成一个类似于“夹子”的结构，以使得耳机10能够夹持在用户的耳部上，进而形成佩戴的基本态势。下面就耳机10在佩戴方面的受力情况及其稳定性等进行示例性的说明：
与上述实施例的主要区别在于：本实施例中，如图7及图8所示，钩状部11在整体上更加靠近保持部13，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，如图9及图10所示，钩状部11背离连接部12的自由端作用于用户的耳部的后侧，而不是抵压于用户的头部。
如图11所示，在从钩状部11与连接部12之间的第一连接点C到钩状部11的自由端(例如图11中A点所在一端)的方向上，钩状部11向耳部的后侧弯折，并与耳部的后侧形成第一接触点B，保持部13与耳部的前侧形成第二接触点F。其中，对于耳机10而言，在自然状态(也即是非佩戴状态)下第一接触点B和第二接触点F沿连接部12的延伸方向的距离小于在佩戴状态下第一接触点B和第二接触点E沿连接部12的延伸方向的距离，进而为保持部13提供对耳部的前侧的压紧力。换言之，耳机10在自然状态下第一接触点B和第二接触点F沿连接部12的延伸方向的距离小于用户的耳部的厚度，以使得耳机10在佩戴状态下能够像“夹子”一样夹在用户的耳部。
进一步地，第一接触点B与第一连接点C之间具有第一连线BC，第二接触点F与保持部13和连接部12的第二连接点E之间具有第二连线EF。
进一步地，钩状部11还可以沿背离连接部12的方向延伸，也即是延长钩状部11的整体长度，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，钩状部11还可以与耳部的后侧形成第三接触点A，第一接触点B位于第一连接点C与第三接触点A之间，并靠近第一连接点C。其中，对于耳机10而言，在自然状态下第一接触点B和第三接触点A在垂直于连接部12的延伸方向的参考平面(如图11中YZ平面)上的投影之间的距离小于在佩戴状态下第一接触点B和第三接触点A在垂直于连接部12的延伸方向的参考平面(如图11中YZ平面)上的投影之间的距离。如此设置，不仅可以使得钩状部11的自由端抵压于用户的耳部的后侧，而且ABC段可以呈C字型，其中，还可以使得第三接触点A位于耳部靠近耳垂的区域，进而使得钩状部11能够在竖直方向(如图11中箭头Z)上夹持用户的耳部，以克服保持部13的自重。除此之外，钩状部11在整体长度得以延长之后，不仅可以在竖直方向上夹持用户的耳部，还可以增加钩状部11与用户的耳部之间的接触面积，也即是增加钩状部11与用户的耳部之间的摩擦力，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。
需要说明的是：为了兼顾耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度与稳定性，还可以有如下改进：
1)由于钩状部11需要匹配不同用户的耳部，而不同用户的耳部又大小不一、形状不一，导致钩状部11的自由端(例如上述电池部)在具有小耳朵的用户佩戴耳机10时容易出现悬空的状态，也即是钩状部11与用户的耳部仅形成第一接触点B。为此，结合图7及图8，对于钩状部11而言，上述电池部的外径较其他中间部分的要大，也即是具有一段差，进而形成渐进颈缩的结构。如此设置，结合图9及图10，以在用户佩戴耳机10时，钩状部11不仅与用户的耳部能够形成第一接触点B，而且其自由端还能够与用户的耳部形成第三接触点A，也即是上述电池部不论在什么情况下均能够与用户的耳部形成第三接触点A。显然，为了适配更为广泛的用户群体，上述渐进颈缩可以沿钩状部11的长度方向间隔分布有多个。
2)同等情况下，上述电池部的长度与外径的长径比值也会影响钩状部11与用户的耳部的贴合情况。 基于此，本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：结合图7及图8，上述电池部的长度与外径的长径比值可以在6:1以内，优选地可以在4:1以内。此时，钩状部11不仅与用户的耳部能够形成第一接触点B，而且其自由端还能够与用户的耳部形成第三接触点A，也即是上述电池部能够较好地与用户的耳部贴合。
参阅图12，图12是本申请提供的耳机又一实施例的俯视结构示意图。
基于上述的相关描述，结合图1，用户的耳部100一般具有诸如耳甲腔102、耳甲艇103、三角窝104、耳舟106等凹陷区域；相应地，一般还具有诸如对耳轮105、耳轮107、耳轮脚109等凸起区域。基于耳部100的凹凸起伏结构，使得耳机10还能够以弹性卡持、弹性抵顶、钩持包覆等方式与耳朵100的相应位置实现贴紧配合，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度及可靠性。
进一步地，结合图2至图5，现对保持部13的各个外表面进行如下定义：1)保持部13与用户的皮肤接触的一侧定义为内表面；2)保持部13在X方向上与上述内表面相对的一侧定义为外表面；3)保持部13朝向Z方向的正向的一侧定义为上表面；4)保持部13朝向Z方向的负向的一侧定义为下表面；5)保持部13朝向Y方向的负向的一侧定义为后表面。其中，如果保持部13不呈诸如图2及图3所示的立方体结构，而是呈诸如圆柱体、椭圆柱体等结构，那么上述上表面、下表面及后表面可以统一定义为周表面。
与上述任一实施例的主要区别在于：本实施例中，保持部13不仅抵压于用户的耳部的前侧，还可以进一步延伸并保持在耳部的耳甲艇和/或三角窝内。如此设置，保持部13至少可以在连接部12的延伸方向上被耳部的耳轮止挡，以避免保持部13在耳机10处于佩戴状态时外翻，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。
作为示例性地，如图12所示，耳机10还包括延伸部17，延伸部17与保持部13连接。其中，在连接部12的延伸方向(图12中箭头X)上，延伸部17与保持部13具有一间隙，该间隙可以小于或等于耳部的耳轮的厚度。如此设置，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，延伸部17能够伸入耳部的耳甲艇和/或三角窝内。此时，由于耳甲艇和/或三角窝在三维空间中具有一定的深度及容积，使得保持部13在延伸部17伸入耳甲艇和/或三角窝内时能够被耳部的耳轮钩住，以避免保持部13在耳机10处于佩戴状态时外翻，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。与此同时，保持部13在上述压紧力的作用下抵压于耳部的前侧，两者相互配合，有利于增加耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。
在一些实施方式中，结合图17中(a)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在保持部13的内表面和/或下表面，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后伸入耳甲腔102内。此时，延伸部17与耳甲腔102及其周围的人体组织可以以弹性抵顶的方式实现贴紧配合。
在其他一些实施方式中，结合图17中(b)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在保持部13的内表面，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后伸入耳甲艇103内。此时，延伸部17与耳甲艇103及其周围的人体组织可以以弹性卡持和/或弹性抵顶的方式实现贴紧配合。
在其他另一些实施方式中，结合图17中(c)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在保持部13的上表面，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后伸入三角窝104内。此时，延伸部17可以与三角窝104及其周围的人体组织以弹性卡持和/或弹性抵顶的方式实现贴紧配合。
在其他另一些实施方式中，结合图17中(d)或者(e)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在保持部13的上表面和/或后表面，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后伸入耳舟106内。此时，延伸部17可以与耳舟106及其周围的人体组织以弹性卡持和/或弹性抵顶的方式实现贴紧配合。
在其他又一些实施方式中，结合图17中(f)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在保持部13的后表面，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后由耳部100的前侧弯折延伸至耳部100的后侧，进而钩住耳轮107。此时，延伸部17可以与耳轮107及其周围的人体组织以钩持包覆的方式实现贴紧配合。
在其他再一些实施方式中，结合图17中(g)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在钩状部11，例如钩状部11靠近上述电池部的位置，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后由耳部100的后侧弯折延伸至耳部100的前侧，进而钩住对耳轮105。此时，延伸部17可以与对耳轮105及其周围的人体组织以钩持包覆的方式实现贴紧配合。
在其他再一些实施方式中，结合图17中(h)，延伸部17可以主要是设置在钩状部11，例如上述电池部，并设置成能够在用户佩戴耳机10之后由耳部100的后侧弯折延伸至耳部100的前侧，进而钩住耳轮107。此时，延伸部17可以与耳轮107及其周围的人体组织以钩持包覆的方式实现贴紧配合。
需要说明的是：延伸部17的大小、形状等结构参数可以根据其与耳部100之间的配合需求进行仿形设计，在此不作限制。进一步地，延伸部17与耳机10上相应的结构件可以为一体成型，也即是不可拆卸。当然，延伸部17与耳机10上相应的结构件也可以以可拆卸的方式进行连接。例如：保持部13或者上述电池部上相应的位置上开设有安装孔，延伸部17则嵌入该安装孔内。再例如：延伸部17与另 一弹性套一体成型，以使得延伸部17通过弹性套套设在保持部13或者钩状部11上相应的位置。
进一步地，结合图12，保持部13在Y方向的尺寸可以为22-34mm，优选地可以为24-28mm，更优选地可以为26mm，以便于保持部13压持在耳部100的前侧。此时，结合图17，延伸部17在Z方向上的高度尺寸可以为4-8mm；并在XY平面上进行投影，其长度尺寸可以为8-15mm，宽度尺寸可以为2-5mm。
参阅图13，图13是本申请提供的耳机又一实施例的主视结构示意图。
与上述任一实施例的主要区别在于：本实施例中，保持部13为多段结构，以便于调节机芯14在耳机10的整体结构上的相对位置。如此设置，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，既可以不遮挡耳部的外耳道，又可以使得机芯14尽可能地靠近外耳道。
作为示例性地，如图13中(a)所示，保持部13可以包括依次首尾连接的第一保持段131a、第二保持段132a和第三保持段133a。其中，第一保持段131a背离第二保持段132a的一端与连接部12连接，第三保持段133a主要是用于设置机芯14、主板15等结构件。进一步地，第二保持段132a相对于第一保持段131a回折，并具有一间距，也即是两者呈U字型结构。
作为示例性地，如图13中(b)所示，保持部13可以包括依次首尾连接的第一保持段131b、第二保持段132b和第三保持段133b。其中，第一保持段131b背离第二保持段132b的一端与连接部12连接，第三保持段133b主要是用于设置机芯14、主板15等结构件。进一步地，第二保持段132b相对于第一保持段131b弯折，并使得第三保持段133b与第一保持段131b之间具有一间距。
共同参阅图14及图15，图14是本申请提供的耳机再一实施例的结构示意图，图15是图14中耳机处于佩戴状态的力学模型示意图。需要说明的是：图15中YZ平面可以视作用户的头部所在平面；图15中BC段可以视作钩状部，图15中CD段可以视作连接部，图15中DEF段可以视作保持部，图15中GH段可以视作延伸部。进一步地，图15中C点可以对应于图1中耳部的上近头端所在区域(如图1中虚框C所示的区域)。
与上述任一实施例的主要区别在于：本实施例中，如图14所示，钩状部11的长度更短，钩状部11与连接部12之间的夹角更小；延伸部17与保持部13连接，并与保持部13具有一间隙，该间隙可以小于或等于耳部的耳轮的厚度。如此设置，以在耳机10处于佩戴状态时，钩状部11与连接部12配合以使得保持部13挂设在用户的耳部的前侧，延伸部17能够伸入耳部的耳甲艇和/或三角窝内，以避免保持部13外翻，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。其中，本实施例以延伸部17能够伸入耳部的耳甲艇内为例进行示例性的说明。
如图15所示，B点钩住耳部后侧的凹陷，C点作为一支点，以使得钩状部11能够克服保持部13的自重，进而避免保持部13从用户的耳部掉落。此时，还可以增加钩状部11与耳部之间的摩擦力，以改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。进一步地，H点钩住耳部的耳轮，G点作为另一支点，以使得延伸部17能够克服保持部13的自重，进而避免保持部13从用户的耳部外翻。此时，还可以增加延伸部17与耳部之间的摩擦力，以改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。
基于上述的相关描述，不同的用户在年龄、性别、基因控制的性状表达等方面可能存在较大的差异，导致不同的用户的耳部及头部可能大小不一、形状不一。那么，在上述任一实施例的基础之上，还可以对耳机10的相关结构作如下改进，使之能够满足更为广泛的用户群体的佩戴需求，并使得不同的用户在佩戴耳机10具有良好的舒适度和稳定性。
参阅图18，图18是本申请提供的耳机再一实施例的结构示意图。
与上述任一实施例的主要区别在于：本实施例中，结合图18，钩状部11的自由端还可以设置有弹性结构件18。其中，弹性结构件18可以由上述质地较软的材质制成，具有一定的结构强度，并能够兼顾用户佩戴耳机10的舒适度。进一步地，弹性结构件18可以呈管状，并可以可拆卸地套设在钩状部11的自由端。此时，弹性结构件18可以作为耳机10的一配件，以便于用户根据实际的使用需求进行安装或者拆卸。其中，弹性结构件18与用户接触的部分可以设置有上述纹理结构、上述磨砂表面。
作为示例性地，弹性结构件18可以包括一体连接的第一管状部181和第二管状部182。其中，第一管状部181与第二管状部182呈弯折状，具体的弯折角度可以根据实际的使用需要进行合理的设计。当然，弹性结构件18可以至少在其弯折处具有一定的记忆性能，以使得用户可以通过弯折、翻折等方式灵活地调节上述弯折角度。如此设置，以在用户佩戴耳机10时，弹性结构件18可以从用户的耳部的后侧钩住耳朵的耳根凹窝，以避免耳机10脱落。
进一步地，第一管状部181与第二管状部182均可以呈中空管状，两者可以彼此连通或者彼此不连通；且均可以套设在钩状部11的自由端。其中，本实施例以第一管状部181与第二管状部182彼此不连通为例进行示例性的说明，以改善弹性结构件18在其弯折处的结构强度。其中，第一管状部181的长度(L1)与第二管状部182的长度(L2)可以不相等，以便于用户根据实际的使用需求而选择第一 管状部181与第二管状部182中的一者套设在钩状部11的自由端，进而调节钩状部11与弹性结构件18的实际总长度。此时，弹性结构件18可以部分或者全部包覆上述电池部。结合图18，本实施例以弹性结构件18部分包覆上述电池部为例进行示例性的说明，例如弹性结构件18包覆上述电池部的一半。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：结合图18，第一管状部181的长度(L1)与第二管状部182的长度(L2)之间的长度差值在2.0-8.0mm范围之内时，弹性结构件18能够在不同的用户佩戴耳机10时较好地钩住耳朵的后侧的耳根凹窝。优选地，上述长度差值在3.5-7.0mm范围之内。
基于上述的详细描述，钩状部11的自由端套设有弹性结构件18之后还可以增加上述电池部的外径，也即是改变了钩状部11自由端的实际外径，这样可以更好地适配不同用户群体的外耳廓张角，尤其是“招风耳”，进而改善耳机10的旋转和外翻问题。基于此，通过设计第一管状部181和/或第二管状部182的壁厚，可以使得弹性结构件18与上述电池部之间形成一段差，以便于实现类似于上述渐进颈缩的技术效果。
共同参阅图19及图20，图19是图8中钩状部的透视结构示意图，图20是图19中弹性金属丝在垂直于钩状部的延伸方向的参考平面上的断面结构示意图。需要说明的是：图19所示的弹性金属丝一般是内嵌于钩状部等而不可见的，为了便于描述，将其示意成外显可见，例如去除包覆弹性金属丝的部分材料。
基于上述的相关描述，钩状部11、连接部12、保持部13等结构内还可以设置诸如弹簧钢、钛合金、钛镍合金、铬钼钢等弹性金属丝115，以改善耳机10的结构强度。一般地，弹性金属丝115的断面可以为圆形。
结合图19及图20，弹性金属丝115可以为扁片结构，以使得弹性金属丝115在各个方向上具有不同的形变能力。其中，弹性金属丝115的断面可以为如图20中(a)所示的圆角矩形，也可以为如图20中(b)所示的椭圆形。作为示例性地，弹性金属丝115的长边(或者长轴，L3)与其短边(或者短轴，L4)之间比值可以在4:1-6:1范围之内，优选地可以为5:1。进一步地，结合图20中(c)，对于弹性金属丝115的断面为图20中(a)所示的圆角矩形而言，弹性金属丝115还可以通过冲压、预弯折等工艺使之在短轴方向上呈圆弧状，进而使得弹性金属丝115能够储存一定的弹性势能。例如：弹性金属丝115的原始状态为卷曲状，拉直后再通过冲压工艺使其在短轴方向呈圆弧状，进而使得弹性金属丝115能够储存一定的内应力而维持平直形态，成为“记忆金属丝”；在受到较小的外力时，会恢复卷缩状态，进而使钩状部11贴合包裹在人耳上。作为示例性地，弹性金属丝115的圆弧高度(L5)与其长边(L3)之间的比值可以在0.1-0.4范围之内。
通过上述方式，在这种具有扁片结构的弹性金属丝115的作用下，不仅使得钩状部11在X方向上具有较强的刚度，进而使得钩状部11与保持部13配合能够对用户的耳部100形成弹性夹持；还使得钩状部11因沿其长度方向上弯曲而具有较强的弹性，进而使得钩状部11自身又能够弹性压持于用户的耳部或者头部。
参阅图21，图21是本申请提供的耳机再一实施例的主视结构示意图。
与上述任一实施例的主要区别在于：本实施例中，结合图21，为了改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度与稳定性，还可以调整连接部12与保持部13之间的连接位置，例如连接部12主要是与保持部13的下边缘连接，使得保持部13的上半部分(如图21中虚线框所示)不受连接部12的束缚，进而补偿保持部13朝向背离耳部100的外侧的翻转力矩。
共同参阅图22及图23，图22是本申请所述的转轴组件一实施例的结构示意图，图23是图22中转轴组件在装配前后的结构示意图。需要说明的是：需要说明的是：图22所示的转轴组件一般是内嵌于连接部等而不可见的，为了便于描述，将其示意成外显可见，例如去除包覆转轴组件的部分材料。
结合图22，转轴机构121可以设置成一可弯折的金属弹片，其一端可以与钩状部11连接，另一端则可以作为连接部12的一部分。例如：该金属弹片可以通过金属嵌件注塑工艺与连接部12连成一体，并与钩状部11连接。如此设置，金属弹片在外力F的作用下发生变形，使得钩状部11相对于保持部13能够在第一使用状态(例如图22中实线所示)与第二使用状态(例如图22中虚线所示)之间进行切换，也即是钩状部11能够相对于保持部13转动。
作为示例性地，结合图23，金属弹片可以包括第一形变部1211、第二形变部1212和中间连接部1213。其中，金属弹片在安装之前，结合图23中(a)，第一形变部1211与第二形变部1212分别与中间连接部1213的两端弯折连接。进一步地，金属弹片在安装之后，结合图23中(b)，第一形变部1211背离中间连接部1213的自由端与第二形变部1212背离中间连接部1213的自由端可以直接铰接，使之呈三角形结构，并沿钩状部11的长度方向呈弯曲状；或者进一步与钩状部11中的弹性金属丝连接。如此设置，金属弹片在安装之后可以储存有一定弹性势能，以便于其在外力F的作用下发生变形。
进一步地，金属弹片在安装之前，结合图23中(a)，第一形变部1211的长度与第二形变部1212 的长度可以相等(记作L6)，并可以大于中间连接部1213的长度(L7)。其中，L3与L4可以满足如下关系式：0.1≤L7/L6≤0.6。当然，金属弹片的厚度可以为0.1-0.8mm。
共同参阅图24至图28，图24是本申请所述的转轴组件另一实施例的结构示意图，图25是图24中转轴组件一实施方式的拆解结构示意图，图26是图25中转轴组件的截面结构示意图，图27是图24中转轴组件另一实施方式的拆解结构示意图，图28是图27中转轴组件的截面结构示意图。
作为示例性地，结合图24，转轴机构121可以包括第一连接座1214、第二连接座1215、转轴1216和弹性组件1217。其中，第一连接座1214可以作为连接部12的一部分；第二连接座1215可以与钩状部11(或者其中的金属弹性丝115)连接，当然也可以作为钩状部11的一部分。进一步地，第一连接座1214和第二连接座1215通过转轴1216连接，以使得第一连接座1214与第二连接座1215能够相对转动，进而使得钩状部11能够通过转轴机构121相对于连接部12及保持部13转动。结合图25至图28，弹性组件1217设置成弹性顶持在第一连接座1214与第二连接座1215之间，以便于维持钩状部11相对于保持部13转动之后的状态。如此设置，用户佩戴耳机10时，可以调节钩状部11，使之更加贴合耳部100，进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度与稳定性。
在一些实施方式中，结合图25及图26，第二连接座1215可以部分插入第一连接座1214内，以使得转轴1216能够同时穿设在第一连接座1214和第二连接座1215内，进而实现转动配合。进一步地，第一连接座1214可以设有一端开口的收容腔12141，弹性组件1217可以包括弹性件12171和顶持件12172。其中，弹性件12171设置在收容腔12141内，顶持件12172的一端部分伸入收容腔12141内，以顶持弹性件12171；顶持件12172的另一端则顶持第二连接座1215。
需要说明的是：为了便于弹性组件1217设置成弹性顶持在第一连接座1214与第二连接座1215之间，在转轴机构121组装完毕之后，弹性件12171可以处于压缩状态。基于此，用户佩戴耳机10时，尤其是用户的耳部100较大的情景下，钩状部11及其中的弹性金属丝115可以受力相对于保持部13转动，或者是具有转动的趋势，进而使得第二连接座1215相对于第一连接座1214转动，并通过顶持件12172压缩弹性件12171。此时，基于牛顿第三定律，弹性件12171反作用于顶持件12172，以顶持第二连接座1215，进而至少使得钩状部11更加贴合用户的耳部100。
在其他一些实施方式中，结合图27及图28，顶持件12172背离弹性件12171的一端可以设置成球状体或者柱状体等，而第二连接座1215背离弹性金属丝115的一端则可以设有多个沿转轴1216的周向分布的凹槽。其中，顶持件12172在弹性件12171在弹性力作用下能够部分卡入上述凹槽内。换言之，钩状部11相对于保持部13转动至不同的角度之后，顶持件12172能够分别卡入不同的凹槽，进而实现多级调节的目的。
参阅图29，图29是本申请提供的耳机任一实施例在XY平面的截面结构示意图。
在一些实施方式中，耳机10可以为气导式耳机，并以此为例，对其保持部及其中机芯、主板等结构件进行示例性的说明：
结合图29，保持部13可以包括内壳131c和外壳132c，两者连接以形成一收纳机芯14、主板15等结构件的腔体结构。需要说明的是：用户佩戴耳机10时，可以主要是内壳131c与用户的耳部100接触。此时，由于主板15上往往会集成大量大小不一、形状不一的电子元器件，导致保持部13的腔体内部变得极为复杂，这样容易影响耳机10的声学性能。为此，本实施例在保持部13的内部设置一隔板133c，以将机芯14、主板15隔开，并形成独立于主板15的腔体200c。其中，腔体200c可以具有相对较为平滑的腔体内壁。如此设置，由于腔体200c能够免受主板15及其上电子元器件的影响，使得耳机10的声学性能能够得到有效地改善。
作为示例性地，隔板133c可以与机芯14直接连接，例如两者胶接，以使得两者直接形成腔体200c，其中隔板133c与机芯14围设形成腔体200c的内壁可以尽可能地避免直角、尖角等尖锐结构。进一步地，两者的边缘还可以包裹弹性件(图中未示出)，使之能够与保持部13的内壁形成过盈配合，进而实现声学密封。
基于上述的相关描述，在佩戴状态下，耳机10可以夹持在耳部上。其中，为了增加佩戴的稳定性和舒适性，耳机10可以弹性夹持耳部。
作为示例性地，结合图30，钩状部11可以包括与连接部12连接的弹性部112和位于钩状部11的自由端的电池部113。其中，电池部113至少用于设置耳机10的电池16，电池16可以呈柱状设置。为了便于设置电池16等结构件，电池部113可以由质地较硬的材质制成，例如硬质塑胶制件；当然为了兼顾佩戴的舒适性，电池部113至少与用户的皮肤接触的区域可以设置弹性包覆层，或者喷涂弹性漆等。进一步地，相较于电池部113，弹性部112可以具有一定的弹性形变能力，使得钩状部11在外力作用下能够发生形变，进而相较于保持部13产生一位移，以允许钩状部11与保持部13配合以弹性夹持耳部。如此，用户在佩戴耳机10的过程中，可以先稍加用力使得钩状部11偏离保持部13，以便于耳部 伸入保持部13与钩状部11之间；待佩戴位置合适之后，松手以允许耳机10弹性夹持耳部；当然还可以根据实际的佩戴情况进一步调整耳机10在耳部上的位置。
弹性部112的长度与钩状部11的长度之间比值可以大于或者等于48％，优选地前述比值可以大于或者等于60％；弹性部112的横截面上的任意方向的径向尺寸可以小于或者等于5mm，优选地前述径向尺寸可以小于或者等于4mm。如此，弹性部112可以设置成细长结构，以使得弹性部112具有更优异的弹性形变能力，进而使得耳机10更好地弹性夹持耳部。除此之外，弹性部112的横截面积尽可能的小，还可以给近视、远视眼镜，或者诸如AR、VR、MR等智能眼镜余留相应的佩戴空间，进而兼顾用户的其他佩戴需求。进一步地，由于钩状部11主要是挂设在用户的头部和耳部之间，弹性部112的横截面可以呈圆形或者椭圆形设置，以便于至少弹性部112能够更好地与耳部和/或头部接触，能够尽可能地贴近耳部与头部之间的交界线，进而增加佩戴的稳定性。
电池部113的至少部分区域的横截面积可以大于弹性部112的最大横截面积，以使得电池部113能够设置更大容量的电池16，以增加耳机10的续航能力。在一些实施例中，电池部113可以呈柱状设置，且长度与外径之间的比值可以小于或者等于6。
基于上述的相关描述，对于钩状部11而言，由于弹性部112和电池部113具有不同的用途，使得两者的横截面积可能存在较大差异。为此，钩状部11还可以进一步包括位于弹性部112与电池部113之间的过渡部114，过渡部114的横截面积介于弹性部112的横截面积与电池部113的横截面积之间，并在从弹性部112到电池部113的方向上逐渐增大。如此，不仅可以从外观上增加钩状部11的匀称性，还可以使得钩状部11更好地与耳部和/或头部接触。进一步地，由于耳部的后侧一般存在多个隆起，例如对应于耳甲艇的耳甲艇隆起及对应于耳甲腔的耳甲腔隆起，且耳甲腔隆起一般相较于耳甲艇隆起更靠近耳垂，使得过渡部114在朝向耳部的一侧可以设有与耳部的后侧轮廓对应的仿形凹陷，进而有助于钩状部11与耳部后侧形成有效接触，例如前述仿形凹陷与耳甲腔隆起接触。简而言之，通过前述仿形凹陷可以避让耳部后侧的隆起，以避免耳部后侧的隆起将钩状部11顶起，进而使得钩状部11更好地与耳部接触。在一些实施例中，对于过渡部114而言，在沿电池部113的中轴线设置的参考截面上，前述仿形凹陷的曲率半径可以小于过渡部114背离耳部的另一侧的曲率半径，也即是仿形凹陷的弯曲程度可以更大些，以便于钩状部11适应耳部后侧的各种隆起和凹陷，而过渡部114的其他区域主要是使得弹性部112与电池部113之间尽快地平滑，进而从外观上增加钩状部11的匀称性。
众所周知地，在医学、解剖学等领域中，可以定义人体的矢状面(Sagittal Plane)、冠状面(Coronal Plane)和水平面(Horizontal Plane)三个基本切面以及矢状轴(Sagittal Axis)、冠状轴(Coronal Axis)和垂直轴(Vertical Axis)三个基本轴。其中，矢状面是指沿身体前后方向所作的与地面垂直的切面，它将人体分为左右两部分；冠状面是指沿身体左右方向所作的与地面垂直的切面，它将人体分为前后两部分；水平面是指沿身体上下方向所作的与地面平行的切面，它将人体分为上下两部分。相应地，矢状轴是指沿身体前后方向垂直通过冠状面的轴，冠状轴是指沿身体左右方向垂直通过矢状面的轴，垂直轴是指沿身体上下方向垂直通过水平面的轴。
基于上述的相关描述，耳机10的重量及其分布会在一定程度上影响佩戴的稳定性。对于钩状部11而言，其重量可以主要是集中在电池部113。在一些实施例中，保持部13的总重量与电池部113的总重量之间的重量配比可以小于或者等于4。结合图31，在佩戴状态下，并从保持部13背离耳部一侧观察，电池部113可以至少部分位于第一参照面(记作RP1)朝向用户正前方的一侧，其中第一参照面过保持部13与耳部的接触点(记作CP0)且平行于上述冠状面。如此，有利于减小电池部113的重心相对于例如上耳根的力矩，以避免佩戴状态下电池部113因自重过大和/或前述力矩过大而翻转，进而增加佩戴的稳定性。进一步地，电池部113还可以与第二参照面(记作RP2)相交，其中第二参照面过弹性部112沿上述垂直轴最靠近用户头顶的第一位置点(记作CP1)且平行于上述冠状面。更进一步地，钩状部11和连接部12朝向耳部的内边缘具有一最远离保持部13与耳部的接触点的第二位置点(记作CP2)，电池部113还可以进一步与第三参照面(记作RP3)相交，其中第三参照面过第二位置点且平行于上述冠状面。其中，第二位置点落可以在连接部12上，也可以落在钩状部11与连接部12之间的界线处，将在后文中进行示例性的说明。如此，有利于使得电池部113的重心与保持部13的重心位于前述第一参照面的同一侧，进而增加佩戴的稳定性。
为了便于描述，并结合图30，保持部13可以具有彼此正交的厚度方向、长度方向和高度方向，并可以分别依次标记为“X”、“Y”和“Z”。其中，前述厚度方向定义为在佩戴状态下保持部13靠近或者远离耳部的方向，前述长度方向定义为在佩戴状态下保持部13靠近或者远离用户正前方的方向，前述高度方向定义为在佩戴状态下保持部13靠近或者远离用户头顶的方向。在佩戴状态下，前述高度方向可以平行于上述垂直轴，前述厚度方向和前述长度方向可以平行于上述水平面。
在一些实施例中，例如图30至图32，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段在垂直于上述厚度方向的参 考平面(例如YZ所在平面)上的正投影与保持部13在前述参考平面上的正投影可以部分重合。其中，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段既可以为弹性形变能力比电池部113大得多的弹性部112，也可以为位于电池部113与连接部12之间且弹性形变能力与电池部113相差不大的硬质结构。如此，不仅保持部13和钩状部11可以从耳部的前侧和耳部的后侧弹性夹持耳部，而且夹持力主要表现为压应力，进而增加佩戴的稳定性和舒适度。除此之外，还有利于电池部113的重心靠近用户人脸，进而增加佩戴的稳定性。当然，在其他一些实施例中，例如图4及图5所示的耳机，再例如图9及图10所示的耳机，钩状部11在垂直于上述厚度方向的参考平面上的正投影与保持部13在前述参考平面上的正投影也可以彼此错开。
作为示例性地，并结合图30及图31，弹性部112在上述参考平面上的正投影与保持部13在上述参考平面上的正投影可以部分重合，电池部113在上述参考平面上的正投影与保持部13在上述参考平面上的正投影可以彼此错开。如此，有利于保持部13和钩状部11从前、后两个方向弹性夹持耳部。
进一步地，弹性部112和过渡部114在上述参考平面上的正投影朝向耳部一侧的边缘的曲率半径在从连接部12到钩状部11远离电池部113的方向上可以先逐渐增大后逐渐减小。其中，前述边缘的曲率半径先逐渐增大可以使得钩状部11更好地适配耳部后侧的轮廓形状；再逐渐减小可以使得钩状部11靠近电池部113一端的弯曲程度变大，进而使得电池部113朝向保持部13靠近，这样有利于钩状部11钩住耳部的后侧，以增加佩戴的稳定性。进一步地，前述边缘的曲率半径可以以连续变化的方式先逐渐增大后逐渐减小，也可以以分段变化的方式先逐渐增大后逐渐减小，当然还可以两种方式组合。例如：前述边缘包括多个区段，每个区段具有一曲率半径，且在从连接部12到电池部113的方向上，多个区段的曲率半径可以先逐渐增大后逐渐减小，也可称为阶梯式变化。其中，为了增加佩戴的稳定性，多个区段中曲率半径最大的区段可以与保持部13在上述参考平面上的正投影部分重叠。
作为示例性地，弹性部112和过渡部114在上述参考平面上的正投影朝向耳部一侧的边缘可以具有第一区段(记作11A)，第一区段的起点(记作CP3)为弹性部112与连接部12之间的连接点，终点(例如CP1)为佩戴状态下弹性部在上述高度方向上的最高点。其中，第一区段的曲率半径可以介于8mm与10mm之间。第一区段的起点可以与第二位置点重合，也可以相较于第二位置点更远离连接部12，将在后文中进行示例性的说明。进一步地，弹性部112和过渡部114的前述边缘还可以具有第二区段(记作11B)，第二区段的起点为第一区段的终点，第二区段的终点(记作CP4)在上述长度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于8mm与11mm之间，且在上述高度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于7mm与10mm之间。其中，第二区段的曲率半径可以介于9mm与12mm之间。进一步地，弹性部112和过渡部114的前述边缘还可以具有第三区段(记作11C)，第三区段的起点为第二区段的终点，第三区段的终点(记作CP5)在上述长度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于9mm与12mm之间，且在上述高度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于19mm与21mm之间。其中，第三区段的曲率半径可以介于29mm与36mm之间。进一步地，弹性部112和过渡部114的前述边缘还可以具有第四区段(记作11D)，第四区段的起点为第三区段的终点，第四区段的终点(记作CP6)在上述长度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于7mm与10mm之间，且在上述高度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于25mm与32mm之间。其中，第四区段的曲率半径可以介于19mm与25mm之间。进一步地，弹性部112和过渡部114的前述边缘还可以具有第五区段(记作11E)，第五区段的起点为第四区段的终点，第五区段的终点(记作CP7)在上述长度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以小于或者等于2mm，且在上述高度方向上与前述最高点之间的距离可以介于30mm与38mm之间。其中，第五区段的曲率半径可以介于9mm与13mm之间。此时，第五区段可以设有上述仿形凹陷，前述仿形凹陷的曲率半径也可以小于第四区段的曲率半径。
需要说明的是：第二区段的终点，也即是第三区段的起点，可以为弹性部112在上述参考平面上的正投影与保持部13的上边缘之间的一交点；类似地，第三区段的终点，也即是第四区段的起点，可以为弹性部112在上述参考平面上的正投影与保持部13的下边缘之间的另一交点。此时，第三区段在上述参考平面上的正投影可以全部落在保持部13上。进一步地，并结合图42，弹性部112与过渡部114之间的界线可以位于第四区段。相应地，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段的起点可以为钩状部11与连接部12之间的界线，终点可以为弹性部112在上述参考平面上的正投影与保持部13的下边缘之间的另一交点。
结合图33，钩状部11可以包括弹性金属丝115、电池仓1161和导线117，弹性金属丝115的一端与连接部12连接，另一端与电池仓1161连接，导线117可以随着弹性金属丝115从电池仓1161延伸至连接部12及保持部13。其中，弹性金属丝115使得钩状部11具有一定弹性形变能力，电池仓1161至少用于设置电池16，导线117至少用于实现电池仓1161和保持部13内电子元件之间的电性连接。进一步地，钩状部11还可以包括弹性包覆体118，例如硅胶，弹性包覆体118至少包覆弹性金属丝115 和导线117，以增加外观品质和佩戴的舒适性。其中，电池仓1161的横截面积可以大于弹性金属丝115和弹性包覆体118所形成的弹性部112的横截面积之和，优选地还可以大于弹性金属丝115、导线117和弹性包覆体118的横截面积之和。
进一步地，钩状部11还可以包括与弹性金属丝115连接的过渡件1162，使得弹性金属丝115通过过渡件1162与电池仓1161连接。例如：过渡件1162与弹性金属丝115通过金属嵌件注塑工艺成型，电池仓1161设置成一端开口的筒状结构，以便于放置电池16等结构件，过渡件1162则与电池仓1161的开口端扣合。当然，在其他一些实施例中，过渡件1162与电池仓1161可以一体成型，电池仓1161远离过渡件1162的一端可以设置成开口状，并可以通过一盖板密封。其中，过渡件1162的横截面积可以沿钩状部11的长度且沿远离连接部12的方向逐渐增大。相应地，弹性包覆体118还可以包覆过渡件1162。其中，上述仿形凹陷可以形成在过渡件1162，并经由弹性包覆体118显现。换言之，过渡件1162在朝向耳部的一侧可以设有与耳部的后侧轮廓对应的仿形凹陷，且在沿电池仓1161的中轴线设置的参考截面上，上述仿形凹陷的曲率半径可以小于过渡件1162背离耳部的另一侧的曲率半径，也即是上述仿形凹陷的弯曲程度更大，以便于过渡部114避让耳部后侧的隆起。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图42，对于钩状部11而言，弹性部112可以对应于弹性金属丝115外露于连接部12和过渡件1162的部分，并可以主要包括弹性包覆体118及其包覆的弹性金属丝115和导线117；电池部113可以对应于电池仓1161的部分，并可以主要包括电池仓1161及其中的电池16；过渡部114可以对应于过渡件1162的部分，并可以主要包括弹性包覆体118及其包覆的过渡件1162。换言之，弹性部112的长度可以为弹性金属丝115从连接部12和过渡件1162外露并被弹性包覆体118包覆的那部分的长度。
进一步地，耳机10还可以包括处理电路和与处理电路耦接的检测件1163，检测件1163用于检测钩状部11是否挂设在耳部的后侧与头部之间，处理电路则用于根据检测件1163的检测结果判断耳机10是否处于佩戴状态。其中，处理电路可以集成在主板15上，检测件1163可以为设置在钩状部11(例如过渡件1162或者电池仓1161)朝向耳部一侧的电容、电感、电阻感应元件中的任意一种或其组合。作为示例性地，检测件1163可以为电容感应元件，并可以设置在过渡件1162的仿形凹陷处。
在一些应用场景中，在检测件1163检测到耳机10处于佩戴状态时，处理电路产生用于控制耳机10切换至播放状态的第一控制信号；在检测件1163未检测到耳机10处于佩戴状态时，处理电路产生用于控制耳机10切换至暂停状态的第二控制信号。如此，既可以节省耳机10的电能，又可以增加耳机10的交互性。
在其他一些应用场景中，耳机10可以包括成对设置并通信连接的第一耳机和第二耳机，例如第一耳机和第二耳机分别佩戴于用户的左、右耳部，他们均设有检测件1163。其中，处理电路根据第一耳机和第二耳机中检测件1163的检测结果判断并选择其中一个作为与音频源设备(例如手机、平板电能及智能手表等)通信连接的主耳机。如此，当用户同时使用两个耳机时，可以按照既定的规则选择其中的一个作为主耳机而与音频源设备通信连接，另一个则作为从耳机而与主耳机通信连接；而当用户仅使用两个耳机中的一个时，使用的这个耳机则作为主耳机。
结合图30及图32，保持部13朝向耳部的一侧可以包括第一区域13A和第二区域13B，第二区域13B可以相较于第一区域13A更远离连接部12，也即是第二区域13B可以位于保持部13远离连接部12的自由端。基于上述的相关描述，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段，例如弹性部112，沿上述厚度方向的正投影可以与第二区域13B部分重叠。进一步地，第一区域13A设有出声孔1311，第二区域13B可以相较于第一区域13A朝向耳部凸起，并用于与耳部接触，以允许出声孔1311在佩戴状态下与耳部间隔。简而言之，保持部13在其自由端可以设置成凸包结构。如此，由于机芯14能够产生经出声孔1311向耳部传输的声音，所以前述凸包结构可以避免耳部堵住出声孔1311而导致机芯14产生的声音减弱，甚至是无法输出。作为示例性地，在上述厚度方向上，第二区域13B相对于第一区域13A的最大凸起高度可以大于或者等于1mm，且两个区域之间可以平滑过渡。需要说明的是：如果仅为了出声孔1311在佩戴状态下与耳部间隔，那么相较于第一区域13A朝向耳部凸起的第二区域13B也可以为保持部13的其他区域，例如出声孔1311与连接部12之间的区域。进一步地，由于耳甲腔和耳甲艇具有一定的深度，并与耳孔连通，使得出声孔1311沿上述厚度方向在耳部上的正投影可以至少部分落在耳甲腔和/或耳甲艇内。作为示例性地，保持部13可以位于耳孔靠近用户头顶一侧，并与对耳轮接触；此时出声孔1311沿上述厚度方向在耳部上的正投影可以至少部分落在耳甲艇内。
进一步地，结合图30及图47，保持部13可以在机芯14的相背两侧分别形成耳机10的前腔200和后腔300，出声孔1311与前腔200连通，并向耳部输出声音。其中，保持部13还可以设有与后腔300连通的泄压孔1312，泄压孔1312相较于出声孔1311更远离耳孔。如此，泄压孔1312允许空气自由地进出后腔300，以使得前腔200中空气压强的变化能够尽可能地不被后腔300阻滞，进而改善经出声孔 1311向耳部输出的声音的音质。不仅如此，由于经出声孔1311和泄压孔1312输出至耳机10外部的声音的相位相反，使之在远离耳部的远场反相相消，也即是形成“声偶极子”，以降漏音。其中，泄压孔1312的中心与出声孔1313的中心之间的连线与上述厚度方向之间的夹角可以介于0°与50°之间；优选地，前述夹角可以介于0°与40°之间。进一步地，保持部13还可以设有与后腔300连通的调声孔1313，调声孔1313可以用于破坏后腔300中声场的高压区，使得后腔300中驻波的波长变短，进而使得经泄压孔1312输出至耳机10外部的声音的谐振频率尽可能地高，例如大于4kHz，以降漏音。优选地，调声孔1313和泄压孔1312可以分别位于机芯14的相对两侧，例如在上述高度方向上相背设置，以期在最大程度上破坏后腔300中声场的高压区。其中，泄压孔1312的开口方向可以朝向用户头顶，例如其开口方向与上述垂直轴之间的夹角介于0°与10°之间，以允许泄压孔1312相较于调声孔1313更远离耳孔，进而使得用户难以听到经泄压孔1312输出至耳机10外部的声音，以降漏音。基于此，泄压孔1312在上述长度方向上可以具有第一中心，调声孔1313在上述长度方向上可以具有第二中心，且第二中心在上述长度方向上可以相较于第一中心更远离出声孔1311的中心，以尽可能地拉大调声孔1313与出声孔1311之间的距离，进而减弱经调声孔1313输出至耳机10外部的声音与经出声孔1311向耳部传输的声音之间的反相相消。换言之，调声孔1313沿上述高度方向的正投影与第二区域13B沿上述厚度方向的正投影可以至少部分交叉，使之尽可能地远离出声孔1311。
简而言之，用户佩戴耳机10时主要是听经由出声孔1311向耳孔传输的声音，其他诸如泄压孔1312和调声孔1313等声学孔主要是用于使得该声音尽可能听起来具备低音下潜、高音穿透的音质。因此，泄压孔1312的出口端在上述长度方向上的尺寸(例如图32中L1所示)与后腔300靠近泄压孔1312的一端在上述长度方向上的尺寸(例如图45中L2所示)之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.9，两者在上述厚度方向上的尺寸关系也可以相同或者类似，进而使得后腔300尽可能大面积地与耳机10的外部连通，以最大程度地降低后腔300对前腔200的阻滞，还可以使得经泄压孔1312输出至耳机10外部的声音的谐振频率尽可能地往高频偏移。
需要说明的是：由于机芯壳体131等结构件具有一定的厚度，使得机芯壳体131上开设的出声孔1311、泄压孔1312和调声孔1312等孔具有一定的深度，进而相对于机芯壳体131形成的容置腔而言，本申请所述的孔具有靠近前述容置腔的入口端和远离前述容置腔的出口端。后文中提及的隔板137及其上开设的连通孔与之类似，在此不再赘述。
结合图30至图32，在自然状态下，并从耳机10在佩戴状态下朝向用户头顶一侧观察，例如沿上述高度方向观察，保持部13至少与钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段在上述厚度方向上间隔设置，连接部12可以呈弧形设置并连接在保持部13与钩状部11之间。如此，连接部12可以在上述厚度方向上使得位于耳部前侧的保持部13与位于耳部后侧的钩状部11至少在靠近连接部12的区段始终彼此间隔，以便于耳机10在佩戴状态下绕过上耳根及其附近组织，进而避免耳机10过度夹持上耳根附近的耳轮而引起不适。
作为示例性地，连接部12与保持部13可以沿上述长度方向连接。其中，至少部分连接部12可以在从连接保持部13的一端到连接钩状部11的另一端的方向上同时沿上述长度方向和上述高度方向远离保持部13的自由端延伸，使之整体上朝向用户人脸一侧前凸，以便于钩状部11与保持部13在上述高度方向上的高度差能够以平滑过渡的方式消除。当然，至少部分连接部12也可以在从连接保持部13的一端到连接钩状部11的另一端的方向上沿上述长度方向远离保持部13的自由端延伸。不仅如此，连接部12自身或其与钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段一同还可以沿上述厚度方向远离保持部13的自由端延伸，进而使得保持部13与钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段在上述厚度方向上间隔设置。在一些实施例中，结合图37及图38，连接部12还可以在从连接保持部13的一端到连接钩状部11的另一端的方向上进一步沿上述长度方向靠近保持部13的自由端且同时沿上述高度方向远离保持部13的自由端延伸，也即是连接部12自身在三维空间中形成迂回延伸的结构。在其他一些实施例中，结合图42及图43，连接部12可以在从连接保持部13的一端到连接钩状部11的另一端的方向上仅同时沿上述长度方向和上述高度方向远离保持部13的自由端延伸，也即是形成迂回延伸结构的前半部分，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段(例如弹性部112)则可以在远离连接部12的方向上继续沿上述长度方向靠近保持部13的自由端且同时沿上述高度方向远离保持部13的自由端延伸，也即是形成迂回延伸结构的后半部分，进而两者配合以在三维空间中形成迂回延伸的结构。当然，在其他另一些实施例中，前述迂回延伸结构也可以仅具有前半部分或者后半部分。
在一些实施例中，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段(例如弹性部112)、连接部12和保持部13朝向耳部一侧的边缘可以呈迂回延伸的弧形设置。其中，在过该弧形的迂回拐点(例如CP2)且平行于上述长度方向的参考方向上，在距离该迂回拐点3mm的位置处该弧形沿上述厚度方向的最小宽度W1可以介于1mm与5mm之间。
在其他一些实施例中，在上述厚度方向上，钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段，例如弹性部112，与保持部13之间的最小间距可以大于0并小于或者等于5mm。
在其他又一些实施例中，在上述厚度方向上，出声孔1311的中心(记作O0)与钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段(例如弹性部112)之间的距离W2可以介于3mm与6mm之间。
在其他另一些实施例中，在上述厚度方向上，第二区域13B与钩状部11靠近连接部12的区段(例如弹性部112)之间的距离W3可以介于1mm与5mm之间。
结合图34及图32，保持部13可以包括与连接部12连接的机芯壳体131，机芯14和主板15等结构件均可以固定在机芯壳体131的容置空间内。作为示例性地，机芯壳体131可以包括在上述厚度方向上相对设置的第一壳体1314和第二壳体1315，第一壳体1314相较于第二壳体1315更靠近耳部。当然，第一壳体1314与第二壳体1315也可以在机芯14的振动方向上相对设置，前述振动方向可以平行于上述厚度方向。具体而言，机芯14可以固定在第一壳体1314朝向第二壳体1315一侧以围设形成前腔200，第二壳体1315可以与第一壳体1314扣合并与机芯14围设形成后腔300。相应地，出声孔1311可以设于第一壳体1314，例如朝向耳部的一侧；泄压孔1312和调声孔1313则可以分别设于第二壳体1315的相对两侧，例如两者在上述高度方向上相对设置。基于上述的相关描述，泄压孔1312的出口端在上述长度方向上的尺寸与第二壳体1315在上述长度方向上的尺寸之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.55；优选地，前述比值介于0.8与1之间，以在兼顾第二壳体1315的结构强度的前提下，使得后腔300尽可能大面积地与耳机10的外部连通。
在一些实施例中，结合图34，连接部12可以包括与弹性金属丝115远离电池仓1161一端连接的第三壳体122，例如两者通过金属嵌件注塑工艺成型。其中，第二壳体1315和第三壳体122在上述长度方向上的尺寸均要比第一壳体1314的小些，且第二壳体1315的尺寸可以比第三壳体122的尺寸大得多。如此，第二壳体1315与第一壳体1314扣合，且在上述厚度方向上的正投影与第一壳体1314部分重叠，第三壳体122则与第一壳体1314位于第二壳体1315的正投影外围的部分扣合。简而言之，第三壳体122可以和第二壳体1315与第一壳体1314的同一侧扣合，且第一壳体1314的大部分用作保持部13的壳体，小部分兼作连接部12的壳体。在一具体实施例中，第三壳体122在上述长度方向上的最大尺寸与第二壳体1315在上述长度方向上的尺寸之间的比值可以小于或者等于0.4。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图37及图38，在自然状态下，并从耳机10在佩戴状态下朝向用户头顶一侧观察，例如沿上述高度方向观察，第一壳体1314与弹性金属丝115在上述厚度方向上间隔设置，第三壳体122可以呈弧形设置并连接第一壳体1314与弹性金属丝115，以允许位于耳部前侧的保持部13与位于耳部后侧的钩状部11至少在靠近连接部12的区段在上述厚度方向上彼此间隔。进一步地，第三壳体122可以在从连接第一壳体1314的一端到连接弹性金属丝115的另一端的方向上先同时沿上述长度方向和上述高度方向远离第二壳体1315延伸，后沿上述长度方向靠近第二壳体1315且沿上述高度方向远离第二壳体1315延伸，以允许钩状部11与保持部13在上述高度方向上的高度差能够以平滑过渡的方式消除。此时，上述第二位置点可以落在连接部12上，上述第一区段的起点则可以相较于第二位置点更远离连接部12。其中，第一壳体1314兼作连接部12的壳体的那部分可以随第三壳体122具有相同或者相似的变化趋势。如此，连接部12自身即可在三维空间中形成迂回延伸的结构。正因如此，结合图38，第三壳体122与第一壳体1314之间具有一分模线(记作PL1)，两者单独成型后再扣合，以改善连接部12的壳体因在三维空间中呈迂回延伸的结构而难以出模的问题，进而增加生产效率，降低生产成本。
在一些实施例中，结合图41，第三壳体122与第一壳体1314一体成型，并形成有一接插孔。进一步地，连接部12还可以包括接插件123，接插件123的一端可以与钩状部11连接，另一端则可以接插固定在该接插孔内，进而实现钩状部11与连接部12之间的连接。具体而言，接插件123远离第三壳体122的一端可以与弹性金属丝115远离电池仓1161的另一端连接，例如他们通过金属嵌件注塑工艺成型。进一步地，连接部12还可以包括一锁止件124，接插件123插入第三壳体122内的部分可以通过锁止件124与第三壳体122锁止，既便于组装，又能够增加组装的可靠性。其中，锁止件1224可以为呈柱状或者片状设置的楔子。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图42及图43，第三壳体122可以在从连接第一壳体1314的一端到连接接插件123的另一端的方向上同时沿上述长度方向和上述高度方向远离第二壳体1315延伸，弹性金属丝115外露于接插件123且靠近接插件123的区段可以在远离接插件123的方向上进一步沿上述长度方向靠近第二壳体1315且同时沿上述高度方向远离第二壳体1315延伸。相应地，第三壳体122还可以同时沿上述厚度方向远离第二壳体1315延伸，弹性金属丝115外露于接插件123且靠近接插件123的区段可以沿上述厚度方向继续远离第二壳体1315延伸。此时，上述第二位置点可以落在钩状部11与连接部12之间的界线处，上述第一区段的起点则可以与前述第二位置点重合。其中，第一壳体1314 兼作连接部12的壳体的那部分及接插件123外露于第三壳体122的部分可以随第三壳体122具有相同或者相似的变化趋势。如此，以允许连接部12仅形成上述迂回延伸结构的前半部分，钩状部11则继续形成迂回延伸结构的后半部分，进而允许两者配合以在三维空间中形成迂回延伸的结构。正因如此，结合图42，接插件123与第三壳体122及第一壳体1314之间具有一分模线(记作PL2)，两者单独成型后再插接，以改善连接部12的壳体因在三维空间中呈迂回延伸的结构而难以出模的问题，进而增加生产效率，降低生产成本。
需要说明的是：连接部12和保持部13的壳体还可以有其他划分方式，例如保持部13的壳体沿上述厚度方向划分为两个正投影面积大体相等的壳体，连接部12的壳体沿上述迂回拐点划分为两个或者仅有一个而另一个由弹性金属丝115兼作，壳体之间再进行相应的组装。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图34及图32，由于保持部13需要与耳部的前侧接触，尤其是保持部13的自由端还需要与耳部的例如对耳轮形成接触点(例如CP0)。基于此，机芯壳体131朝向耳部的一侧可以设置有柔性包覆结构132，并至少避让出声孔1311，例如柔性包覆结构132设有对应于出声孔1311的通孔。其中，柔性包覆结构132的邵氏硬度小于机芯壳体131的邵氏硬度，以使得保持部13通过柔性包覆结构132与耳部接触，也即是柔性包覆结构132弹性支撑在机芯壳体131与耳部之间，进而改善佩戴的舒适度。进一步地，基于连接部12和保持部13的壳体的划分和拼接方式，为了增加耳机10的外观品质，柔性包覆结构132可以通过注塑工艺成型直接附着于第一壳体1314和第三壳体122等，当然也可以通过胶接的方式包覆。其中，由于钩状部11也可以设有弹性包覆体118，使得弹性包覆体118和柔性包覆结构132可以通过一次注塑工艺成型，当然也可以通过两次注塑工艺分别成型；两者的材质也可以相同或者不相同。基于此，在没有特殊说明的情况下，本申请主要是考察柔性包覆结构132及弹性包覆体118与用户的皮肤接触的那部分。
在一些实施例中，柔性包覆结构132可以至少部分设置在保持部13远离连接部12的自由端且朝向耳部的一侧，也即是第二区域13B。相应地，弹性部112在上述参考平面(例如YZ所在平面)上的正投影与柔性包覆结构132在上述参考平面上的正投影可以部分重合。进一步地，柔性包覆结构132的厚度可以进行差异化设计，例如对应于第二区域13B的柔性包覆结构132相对更厚些，进而使得保持部13的自由端能够朝向耳部凸起，并兼具良好的柔软性。当然，如果仅为了第二区域13B相较于第一区域13A朝向耳部凸起，那么第一壳体1314朝向耳部一侧也可以进行厚度上的差异化设计。基于此，第一壳体1314也可以包括第一区域和第二区域，以与保持部13朝向耳部一侧的第一区域13A和第二区域13B分别一一对应。
进一步地，柔性包覆结构132朝向机芯壳体131的一面可以凹设有至少一个彼此间隔的盲孔1321，盲孔1321可以主要是用于为柔性包覆结构132提供形变空间，以允许柔性包覆结构132在佩戴状态下受压力而产生更多的形变，进而进一步改善佩戴的舒适度。在一些实施例中，盲孔1321的数量可以为多个，例如至少两个，他们可以彼此间隔形成骨位，以支撑自身结构，进而使之兼具弹性形变量与结构强度。当然，在其他一些实施例中，盲孔1321的数量也可以仅为一个，此时通过控制柔性包覆结构132的弹性模量、厚度以及盲孔1321的大小等参数同样能够使之兼具弹性形变量与结构强度。其中，为了使得柔性包覆结构132具有盲孔1321，机芯壳体131，具体可以为第一壳体1314对应于第二区域13B的部分，可以设有与盲孔1321一一对应并连通的通孔13141，通孔13141用于供柔性包覆结构132的成型型芯插入。此时，多个通孔13141可以使得第一壳体1314对应于第二区域13B的部分呈蜂窝状或者网格状设置，以兼顾第一壳体1314在该区域的结构强度与对柔性包覆结构132的支撑。进一步地，第一壳体1314的外侧还可以沿蜂窝状或者网格状结构设有环绕通孔13141的凸起，该凸起可以嵌入柔性包覆结构132；和/或，柔性包覆结构132部分嵌入通孔13141，以增加柔性包覆结构132在第二区域13B与第一壳体1314之间的结合面积，进而增加两者之间的结合强度。基于此，第一壳体1314在成型过程中即可留有相应的通孔13141，并可以在成型结束之后将柔性包覆结构132的成型型芯插入通孔13141，其中成型型芯可以凸出于第一壳体1314，且最大凸起高度可以取决于凸包结构的实际需求；紧接着可以通过注塑工艺在第一壳体1314上直接成型柔性包覆结构132，随后抽出成型型芯即可。相应地，保持部13还可以包括设置在机芯壳体131内的盖板1316，例如盖板1316固定设置在第一壳体1314背离柔性包覆结构132的内侧，以封闭通孔13141，进而允许第一壳体1314和盖板1316与机芯14围设形成前腔200。其中，盖板1316可以支撑在第一壳体1314的蜂窝状或者网格状结构上。
作为示例性地，第一壳体1314背离柔性包覆结构132的内壁面上可以设有第一凸缘13142，盖板1316背离柔性包覆结构132的内壁面上可以设有第二凸缘13161，且第二凸缘13161的两端和第一凸缘13142的两端可以分别对向延伸以拼接形成一环形凸缘。此时，机芯14可以顶持在该环形凸缘上，进而形成前腔200。其中，第一壳体1314在第二区域13B可以设有一沉槽，盖板1316可以嵌入该沉槽，以允许盖板1316的内壁面与第一壳体1314背离柔性包覆结构132的内壁面平齐，进而使得前腔200 的内腔面尽可能的平整。进一步地，第一壳体1314背离柔性包覆结构132的内壁面上还可以设有一点胶槽，该点胶槽可以位于前述沉槽的边缘，并环绕多个通孔13141，盖板1316则可以通过该点胶槽内的胶体与第一壳体1314胶接。简而言之，第一凸缘13142和点胶槽均设置在第一壳体1314背离柔性包覆结构132的内侧，但前者可以主要是对应于第一区域13A，后者可以主要是对应于第二区域13B。
需要说明的是：在其他诸如柔性包覆结构132不具有盲孔1321的实施例中，或者在其他诸如柔性包覆结构132先单独成型后与机芯壳体131例如胶接的实施例中，第一壳体1314可以不用设置通孔13141，相应的盖板1316也可以不用设置。此时，第一凸缘13142可以是一完整的环形凸缘，机芯14顶持在该环形凸缘上即可形成前腔200。
在其他一些实施例中，并结合图41，柔性包覆结构132可以包括设置在机芯壳体131上的内柔性体1322和至少包覆内柔性体1322的外柔性体1323，内柔性体1322可以设置在第二区域13B，外柔性体1323可以包覆内柔性体1322、第一壳体1314和第三壳体122等。此时，柔性包覆结构132通过外柔性体1323与耳部接触。简而言之，柔性包覆结构132还可以设置成双层结构，以便于调节柔性包覆结构132对应于第二区域13B部分的厚度和柔软度。相应地，弹性部112在上述参考平面(例如YZ所在平面)上的正投影与内柔性体1322在上述参考平面上的正投影可以部分重合。类似地，出声孔1311可以位于内柔性体1322与连接部12之间。进一步地，内柔性体1322还可以朝向耳部凸出，也即是凸出于机芯壳体131(具体为第一壳体1314)，以便于柔性包覆结构132形成上述凸包结构。
作为示例性地，盲孔1321可以设于内柔性体1322，其作用及成型方式可以与上文中所描述的相同或者相似，在此不再赘述。其中，盲孔1321的数量可以为多个，使得内柔性体1322具有呈蜂窝状或者网格状设置的骨位，亦或者多个彼此间隔设置的骨位。当然，在其他一些实施例中，前述盲孔1321也可以进一步贯穿内柔性体1322而呈通孔设置。类似地，前述骨位之间的间隙，也即是盲孔1321，用于为柔性包覆结构132提供形变空间。在一具体实施例中，内柔性体1322和外柔性体1323的材质可以为0度硅胶。
作为示例性地，内柔性体1322的邵氏硬度可以小于外柔性体1323的邵氏硬度，以允许柔性包覆结构132对应于第二区域13B部分更加柔软。其中，外柔性体1323朝向机芯壳体131的一面可以凹设有盲孔1321，内柔性体1322可以设置在盲孔1321内，并与外柔性体1323接触。换言之，盲孔1321可以设于外柔性体1323，以便于容纳更加柔软的内柔性体1322。具体而言，第一壳体1314对应于第二区域13B的部分可以设有一通孔13141，通孔13141用于供外柔性体1323的成型型芯插入。此时，外柔性体1323可以通过注塑工艺形成在第一壳体1314上，并在外柔性体1323成型之后抽出成型型芯，使得外柔性体1323形成相应的盲孔1321，进而形成一容置区，内柔性体1322可以经通孔13141设于盲孔1321，也即是设置在该容置区内，随即可以通过盖板1316封闭通孔13141。盖板1316朝向内柔性体1322的一侧可以部分嵌入通孔13141，以增加前述容置区的密封性。进一步地，盲孔1321的数量可以为一个，通孔13141的数量也可以为一个。此时，在通孔13141的开口面积较大的情况下，盖板1316可以延伸至与第一壳体1314在第一区域13A部分重叠，以增加第一壳体1314对盖板1316的支撑面积。其中，盖板1316可以设有连通出声孔1311与前腔200的连通孔13162，以避免遮挡出声孔1311。在一具体实施例中，外柔性体1323的材质可以为30-50度硅胶，内柔性体1322的材质可以为0度硅胶，并可以通过滴胶工艺形成在前述容置区内。在其他一具体实施例中，外柔性体1323的材质可以为30-50度硅胶，内柔性体1322的材质可以为0-10度硅胶，并可以预先成型为块状而填充在前述容置区内。当然，在内柔性体1322能够承受外柔性体1323成型过程中的冲击力的情况下，第一壳体1314也可以不用设置通孔13141，相应的盖板1316也可以不用设置。
基于上述的详细描述，第一壳体1314、外柔性体1323、内柔性体1322和盖板1316等结构件可以形成一壳体组件，也即是模块化，以便于组装。
结合图30，耳机10还可以包括设置在保持部13和/或连接部12的麦克风125和麦克风133，两个麦克风125、133可以与主板15电性连接。其中，麦克风125与麦克风133在上述长度方向上的距离可以大于麦克风125与麦克风133在上述高度方向上的距离。如此，以在耳机10的大小相对确定的情况下使得两个麦克风125、133之间的距离尽量的大，这样既可以避免两个麦克风125、133之间的干扰，又可以增加耳机10的拾音效果和/或降噪效果。进一步地，麦克风125在上述参考平面(例如YZ所在平面)上的正投影与麦克风133在上述参考平面上的正投影之间的连线可以穿过机芯14在上述参考平面上的正投影。换言之，如果机芯14在上述参考平面上呈矩形设置，那么两个麦克风125、133可以大体沿机芯14的对角线设置。
在一些实施例中，麦克风125可以设置在连接部12，麦克风133可以设置在保持部13远离连接部12的自由端。此时，麦克风125可以相较于麦克风133更靠近用户的嘴部，使之主要是用于拾取用户的语音。其中，耳机10还可以包括处理电路，处理电路可以集成在主板15上，并可以以麦克风125 为主麦克风，以麦克风133为辅麦克风，并通过辅麦克风所采集的声音信号对主麦克风所采集的声音信号进行降噪处理，进而增加拾音效果。当然，两个麦克风125、133中的至少一个还可以用于对耳机10向耳部输出的声音进行降噪处理，也可以仅设置一个用作拾音或者降噪的麦克风。
作为示例性地，麦克风125可以设置在第三壳体122与第一壳体1314之间，麦克风133可以设置在第二壳体1315与第一壳体1314之间。其中，第三壳体122和第二壳体1315背离第一壳体1314的一侧可以分别设有用于供麦克风采集声音的通孔。
在其他一些实施例中，耳机10还可以包括与保持部13或者钩状部11远离连接部12的自由端(也即是电池部113)可拆卸连接的棍咪134，棍咪134的自由端可以设置有与主板15电性连接的麦克风1341。如此，相较于麦克风125和麦克风133，棍咪134可以使得麦克风1341更靠近用户的嘴部，有利于增加拾音效果。其中，本申请以棍咪134与保持部13可拆卸连接为例进行示例性的说明。例如棍咪134的主杆1342与第二壳体1315通过卡扣或者磁性等方式可拆卸连接，再例如主杆1342与第二壳体1315借助type-C的插接方式可拆卸连接，以缩短麦克风1341与主板15之间的走线距离。
进一步地，除了棍咪134上的麦克风1341之外，耳机10还可以设置其他的麦克风，例如麦克风125和/或麦克风133。其中，处理电路可以在棍咪134与保持部13连接时以麦克风1341为主麦克风，以麦克风133和麦克风125中的至少一个为辅麦克风，并可以通过辅麦克风所采集的声音信号对主麦克风所采集的声音信号进行降噪处理，进而增加拾音效果。相应地，处理电路可以在棍咪134与保持部13分离时将麦克风133和麦克风125换至使能状态，并将麦克风133和麦克风125中的一者作为主麦克风，另一者作为辅麦克风。当然，处理电路还可以在棍咪134与保持部13连接时将麦克风133和麦克风125中的至少一个切换至禁能状态，以在兼顾拾音和/或降噪的情况下节省电能。
结合图30及图31，耳机10还可以包括设置在保持部13或者连接部12的第一充电电极126和设置在钩状部11的第二充电电极1164，第一充电电极126和第二充电电极1164中的一者用作充电正极，另一者用作充电负极。其中，本申请以第一充电电极126用作充电正极，第二充电电极1164用作充电负极为例进行示例性的说明。如此，耳机10不仅可以通过两个充电电极进行充电，还可以极大地增加两个充电电极之间的最短距离，这样有利于防止充电电极之间因汗液、水滴、灰尘等造成的短路。当然，在满足防短路的情况下，两个充电电极也可以均设置在钩状部11、连接部12和保持部13中的一者。进一步地，两个充电电极设可以置成在佩戴状态下不可见，例如均朝向用户的皮肤，以兼顾耳机10的外观品质。
作为示例性地，第一充电电极126可以设置在连接部12，第二充电电极1164可以设置在电池部116。具体而言，第一充电电极126可以至少部分设置在第二壳体1315的外围，例如设置在第三壳体122与第一壳体1314之间。相应地，第二充电电极1164可以设置在电池仓1161，例如位于电池仓1161远离其开口端的底部。其中，第一充电电极126可以呈柱状设置，第二充电电极1164可以呈条状设置，其长度方向可以沿电池仓1161的周向延伸。进一步地，第一壳体1314和电池仓1161可以分别设有允许充电电极显露的通孔，以便于充电电极与充电盒上的输出电极接触。如此，相较于柱状电极，条状电极因其与前述输出电极的可接触面积更大，可以增加充电电极的可靠性。
需要说明的是：第一充电电极126可以在连接部12间隔设置多个，例如两个，以在其中一个失效之后另一个依旧可用。进一步地，两个充电电极附近还可以分别设有一诸如磁体的磁吸件，以允许耳机10通过磁吸的方式与电池盒上的输出电极良好接触。其中，对于充电盒而言，其上输出电极的相对位置可以随耳机10上充电电极的变化而调整。
结合图35，由于第二壳体1315相较于第一壳体1314更背离耳部，使得第二壳体1315上可以设有诸如物理按键、显示屏、触控电路板等交互组件，以便于用户与耳机10进行交互。
作为示例性地，第二壳体1315可以包括与第一壳体1314相对设置的底壁13151和与底壁13151连接的侧壁13152，侧壁13152朝向第一壳体1314延伸。其中，底壁13151朝向第一壳体1314的一侧设有一与主板15电性连接的柔性触控电路板135，柔性触控电路板135可以基于电容式、电阻式、压感式等中的任意一种，在此不作限制。如此，既可以实现耳机10的交互，又无需在机芯壳体131上设置额外的通孔，进而增加防水防尘性能。具体而言，柔性触控电路板135可以包括用于接收触控操作的触控部1351和用于与主板15连接的电连接部1352，例如柔性触控电路板135可以借助BTB连接器与主板15扣合。其中，触控部1351相对于底壁13151的面积可以大于或者等于70％。基于上述的相关描述，侧壁13152靠近第三壳体122的一侧可以呈敞口设置，以便于第二壳体1315与第三壳体122拼接。其中，泄压孔1312和调声孔1313可以设于侧壁13152上，并可以分别位于敞口端的相对两侧。
进一步地，底壁13151可以设有沉槽13153，触控部1351可以贴设在沉槽13153的底部。如此，第二壳体1315相当于进行了局部减薄，以增加柔性触控电路板135的灵敏性。不仅如此，主板15还可以与第二壳体1315连接，并可以通过一弹性衬垫1353将柔性触控电路板135压持在底壁13151上，这 样既可以使得触控部1351与底壁13151紧贴，又可以避免触控部1351被压坏。其中，沉槽13153的深度可以大于或者等于触控部1351的厚度，并小于触控部1351和弹性衬垫1353的厚度之和，以增加压持效果。
在一些实施例中，底壁13151上可以设有多个位于沉槽13153外围且朝向主板15延伸的热熔柱13154，例如三个，多个热熔柱13154中的至少两个在底壁13151上的正投影的连线可以穿过触控部1351在底壁13151上的正投影；相应地，主板15上可以设有与热熔柱13154对应的连接孔，以允许主板15通过其上的连接孔套设并固定在热熔柱13154上。简而言之，如果触控部1351设置成矩形，那么至少两个热熔柱13154可以大体沿触控部的对角线设置。如此，以增加主板15受力分布的均匀性。当然，在其他一些实施例中，热熔柱13154也可以替换成螺钉、卡扣等，在此不作限制。
基于上述的相关描述，麦克风133可以通过SMT工艺直接设置在主板15背离底壁13151的一侧。相应地，底壁13151上可以设有位于沉槽13153外围的凸缘13155，凸缘13155朝向主板15延伸，并具有与耳机10外部连通的拾音孔。此时，主板15可以压持在凸缘13155上，以允许麦克风133通过拾音孔采集声音信号。其中，凸缘13155上还可以套设一硅胶套13156，以允许主板15通过硅胶套13156弹性支撑在凸缘13155上。如此，不仅可以增加麦克风133的声路的密封性，还可以增加主板15受力分布的均匀性。
进一步地，第二壳体1315上还可以设有金属天线图案，以作为耳机10的通信天线。相应地，底壁13151上可以设有位于沉槽13153的外围并与金属天线图案电性连接的天线触点13157，主板15上可以设有用于与天线触点13157弹性抵接的金属弹片。简而言之，主板15可以通过其上的金属弹片与天线触点13157，以避免不必要的焊接，进而降低组装难度，并节省机芯壳体131的内部空间。
综上所述，主板15与第二壳体1315连接，不仅可以实现自身的固定，还可以实现柔性触控电路板135的压持、麦克风133的声路的密封以及主板15与金属天线图案之间的电性连接，一举多得。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图35及图41，设置在钩状部11的电子元件可以通过导线117与主板15电性连接，设置在连接部12的电子元件因距离主板15相对较近可以直接通过其引线与主板15电性连接。其中，导线117可以设置成多股，并可以包括电池16的正极引线和负极引线、检测件1163的信号线和屏蔽线以及第二充电电极1164的负极引线；当然，检测件1163的屏蔽线还可以与第二充电电极1164的引线复用为一根引线，以简化走线。进一步地，由于主板15的大小有限，其上集成的电子元件又多，使得导线117或者其他引线可以先焊接在一柔性电路板136上，再通过柔性电路板136与主板15扣合连接，这样有利于扩大焊盘的大小及两两之间的间距，进而降低焊接难度，并增加焊接的可靠性。
作为示例性地，柔性电路板136可以包括至少用于与电池16电性连接的第一连接区域1361和用于与主板15电性连接的第二连接区域1362。其中，第二连接区域1362可以沿主板15的主表面设置，以便于柔性电路板136与主板15扣合连接。进一步地，第一连接区域1361可以相对于第二连接区域1362朝向主板15的侧向弯折，并可以设有多个焊盘，也即是上述焊接发生在主板15的侧向。如此，由于没有主板15的主表面上电子元件的干扰，可以降低焊接难度。不仅如此，柔性电路板136因其厚度很薄，其部分朝向主板15的侧向弯折，还可以节省机芯壳体131的内部空间。基于上述的相关描述，第一连接区域1361设置的多个焊盘可以包括分别用于与电池16的正极引线和负极引线焊接连接的第一焊盘和第二焊盘，还可以包括分别用于与充电电极的正极引线和负极引线焊接连接的第三焊盘和第四焊盘，还可以进一步包括分别用于与检测件1163的信号线和屏蔽线焊接连接的第五焊盘和第六焊盘。其中，由于检测件1163的屏蔽线可以与第二充电电极1164的引线复用为一根引线，使得第四焊盘和第六焊盘设置一个即可，这样有利于扩大其他焊盘的大小及两两之间的间距。
基于上述的相关描述，由于麦克风125可以设置在连接部12，使之距离主板15较近，所以柔性电路板136还可以进一步延伸至连接部12。基于此，柔性电路板136还可以包括与第一连接区域1361连接的第三连接区域1363，第三连接区域1363可以相较于第一连接区域1361朝向背离主板15的方向弯折，以便于第三连接区域1363贴设在第一壳体1314和/或第三壳体122上。其中，麦克风125可以通过SMT工艺设置在第三连接区域1363。此时，第一连接区域1361和第三连接区域1363可以分别垂直于主板15的主表面，第二连接区域1362则可以平行于主板15的主表面。
与第一连接区域1361不同的是：第二连接区域1362可以借助BTB连接器与主板15扣合。基于此，柔性电路板136还可以包括连接第一连接区域1361与第二连接区域1362的过渡区域1364，过渡区域1364可以与第二连接区域1362位于主板15的同一侧。其中，过渡区域1364的长度大于第一连接区域1361与第二连接区域1362之间的最小距离，以便于第一连接区域1361与主板15扣合。作为示例性地，过渡区域1364可以设置成多段弯折结构，并可以沿主板15的主表面设置。
结合图35，机芯14可以包括磁路系统141和线圈142，线圈142可以伸入磁路系统141的磁间隙， 并在通电状态下即可在磁路系统141形成的磁场中运动。其中，磁路系统141可以包括永磁体、磁轭和支架等结构件，其具体结构及连接关系为本领域的技术人员所熟知，在此不再赘述。进一步地，如果机芯14应用于骨传导耳机，那么线圈142可以设置成带动一传振片运动；如果机芯14应用于气传导耳机，那么线圈142可以设置成带动一振膜运动；当然，线圈142还可以设置成同时带动一传振片和一振膜运动。其中，本申请以线圈142带动一振膜运动为例进行示例性的说明。基于此，机芯14还可以包括连接在线圈142与磁路系统141之间的振膜143，振膜143在振动的过程中即可产生经出声孔1311向耳部传输的声音。
进一步地，机芯14还可以包括固定在磁路系统141外围的金属弹片144，金属弹片144与线圈142电性连接。此时，机芯14通过金属弹片144弹性压持在主板15上，进而使得线圈142与主板15上的触点电性连接。如此，通过金属弹片144代替相关技术中的焊线，以避免不必要的焊接，进而降低组装难度，也无需预留焊接空间，进而节省机芯壳体131的内部空间。其中，金属弹片144的数量可以为两个，并可以分别用作线圈142的正极引线和负极引线。
作为示例地，结合图40，金属弹片144可以包括固定部1441和与固定部1441的一端连接的弹性接触部1442，固定部1441与磁路系统141连接，弹性接触部1442朝着固定部1441背离磁路系统141的方向延伸。简而言之，金属弹片144用于与主板15上的触点电性连接的部分凸出于磁路系统141。进一步地，金属弹片144还可以包括与固定部1441的另一端连接的限位部1443，限位部1443与弹性接触部1442同侧延伸。其中，弹性接触部1442进一步朝向限位部1443弯折延伸，且其自由端插入限位部1443的限位槽内，以使得弹性接触部1442能够预先储存一弹性势能，进而增加金属弹片144与主板15上的触点接触的良好性。此时，弹性接触部1442的中部相对于固定部1441的高度大于弹性接触部1442的自由端相对于固定部1441的高度，以便于与主板15上的触点接触。
基于上述的相关描述，磁路系统141可以与第一壳体1314朝向第二壳体1315的一侧连接，主板15可以与第二壳体1315朝向第一壳体1314的一侧连接。此时，第二壳体1315与第一壳体1314扣合，即可使得机芯14将其金属弹片144弹性压持在主板15上，简单可靠，组装效率高。其中，磁路系统141的相对两侧可以分别设置一金属弹片144，以增加第二壳体1315及主板15与第一壳体1314一同夹持机芯14的稳定性。相应地，振膜143可以与第一壳体1314围设形成前腔200，例如磁路系统141顶持在上文提及的第二凸缘13161和第一凸缘13142拼接形成的环形凸缘上；磁路系统141设有连通后腔300与振膜143背离前腔200一侧的通孔。换言之，机芯14(具体可以为振膜143)可以将机芯壳体131形成的容置腔分隔为相背的前腔200和后腔300。此时，出声孔1311沿机芯14的振动方向的正投影可以至少部分落在振膜143上。进一步地，主板15与机芯14在上述厚度方向上堆叠设置，且机芯14相较于主板15更靠近耳部，可以避免在主板15上设置连通振膜143背离后腔300一侧与前腔200的通孔，进而简化结构。基于此，机芯14在上述参考平面(例如YZ所在平面)上的正投影与主板15在上述参考平面上的正投影之间的重叠面积与主板15在上述参考平面上的正投影的面积和机芯14在上述参考平面上的正投影的面积中较大者之间的比值可以介于0.8与1之间，例如机芯14在上述参考平面上的正投影的面积与主板15在上述参考平面上的正投影的面积大体相等。具体而言，机芯14在上述长度方向上的尺寸与主板15在上述长度方向上的尺寸之间的差值的绝对值与主板15在上述长度方向上的尺寸和机芯14在上述长度方向上的尺寸中较大者之间的比值可以介于0与0.2之间，两者在上述高度方向上的尺寸关系也可以相同或者类似。如此，以在机芯壳体131形成的容置腔的容积一定的情况下，机芯14可以尽可能的大，进而有利于增加耳机10的出声响度，并扩宽耳机10的频响范围。
需要说明的是：结合图40，虽然机芯14也可以具有彼此正交且垂直于机芯14的振动方向(标记为X1)的长轴方向(标记为Y1)和短轴方向(标记为Z1)，但是为了便于描述，本申请提供的实施例中前述振动方向、长轴方向和短轴方向可以分别平行于上述厚度方向、长轴方向和高度方向；当然，在其他一些实施例中也允许他们之间存在一夹角。进一步地，机芯14在其长轴方向上的尺寸大于或者等于机芯14在其短轴方向上的尺寸。作为示例性地，机芯14在垂直于其振动方向的参考平面上的正投影可以呈矩形设置，此时前述长轴方向可以为前述矩形的长边所在方向，前述短轴方向可以为前述矩形的短边所在方向。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：当机芯14背离前腔200的一侧设有主板15时，主板15上设置的大量的大小不一、形状不一的电子元器件会对耳机10的音质产生影响。为此，结合图36或者图46，保持部13还可以包括设置在机芯壳体131内的隔板137，隔板137主要是用于将机芯14与主板15隔开，并可以与机芯14围设形成后腔300，也即是独立声腔。具体而言，隔板137可以位于磁路系统141和主板15之间，并可以与磁路系统141围设形成后腔300。当然，在其他一些实施例中，也可以在主板15上覆盖一隔膜，以使得主板15朝向机芯14的一侧尽可能的平整。
作为示例性地，隔板137可以与机芯14连接，也即是模块化，以便于组装。具体而言，结合图39 及图44，隔板137可以包括底壁1371和与底壁1371连接的侧壁1372，底壁1371与磁路系统141间隔，侧壁1372朝向机芯14延伸，并与机芯14(具体为磁路系统141)连接，以允许隔板137与机芯14围设形成后腔300。其中，隔板137朝向磁路系统141的一侧还可以设有点胶槽1373以及与磁路系统141配合的定位柱1374，以便于隔板137精准地与机芯14组装。相应地，金属弹片144可以位于隔板137的外围。
基于上述的相关描述，侧壁1372还可以设有允许后腔300与耳机10的外部连通的连通孔，例如连通泄压孔1312与后腔300的第一连通孔1375以及连通调声孔1313与后腔300的第二连通孔1376。其中，隔板137与机芯壳体131之间还可以弹性支撑并环绕前述连通孔的密封件，以对后腔300与耳机10外部连通的声路进行密封。
本申请中，机芯壳体131、机芯14等结构件既可以大体设置成立方体结构，也可以设置成圆柱体结构，在此不作限制。其中，本申请以机芯14设置成立方体结构为例进行示例性的说明。基于此，隔板137在上述长度方向上的尺寸可以大于或者等于隔板137在上述高度方向上的尺寸。其中，结合图39，侧壁1372可以包括在上述长度方向上彼此间隔的第一侧壁13721、第三侧壁13723和在上述高度方向上彼此间隔的第二侧壁13722、第四侧壁13724。进一步地，第二侧壁13722和第四侧壁13724中的一者可以设有第一连通孔1375，另一者则可以设有第二连通孔1376。基于上述的相关描述，第一连通孔1375可以设于第二侧壁13722，第二连通孔1376可以设于第四侧壁13724。值得注意的是：结合图44及图45，第二侧壁13722也可以被省略，而直接由底壁1371、第一侧壁13721和第三侧壁13723围设形成第一连通孔1375，后文中将进行示例性的说明。
进一步地，第三侧壁13723可以相较于第一侧壁13721更远离出声孔1311，也即是更远离连接部12而靠近保持部13的自由端。其中，第一连通孔1375在上述长度方向上的尺寸可以大于第二连通孔1376在上述长度方向上的尺寸，两者在上述厚度方向的尺寸可以相等，以便于调节第一连通孔1376和第二连通孔1376分别使得后腔300与耳机10外部的有效连通区域的实际面积。基于此，第一侧壁13721和第四侧壁13724可以通过第一弧形过渡壁13725连接，以避免围设形成后腔300的内壁出现直角、尖角等尖锐结构，进而有利于消除驻波。其中，第一弧形过渡壁13725可以呈圆弧形设置，且圆弧半径可以大于或者等于2mm。类似地，第三侧壁13723和第四侧壁13724可以通过第二弧形过渡壁13726连接，且第一弧形过渡壁13725的内壁面的至少部分区段的曲率半径可以大于第二弧形过渡壁13726的内壁面的对应区段的曲率半径，同样可以避免围设形成后腔300的内壁出现直角、尖角等尖锐结构。当然，在其他一些实施例中，也可以不用设置第二弧形过渡壁13726，例如第四侧壁1374靠近第三侧壁13723的部分可以全部用于设置第二连通孔1376，使得第二连通孔1376沿上述长度方向延伸至与第三侧壁13723的内壁面平齐。
需要说明的是：在上述厚度方向上，第一连通孔1375远离机芯14的内壁可以与底壁1371朝向机芯14的内壁面平齐，第二连通孔1376远离机芯14的内壁可以与底壁1371朝向机芯14的内壁面平齐，也即是第一连通孔1375和第二连通孔1376可以沿上述厚度方向延伸至与底壁1371的内壁面平齐，以避免围设形成后腔300的内壁出现直角、尖角等尖锐结构，进而有利于消除驻波。进一步地，第一侧壁13721和第三侧壁13723中至少一者的内壁面沿上述高度方向观察可以呈弧形设置，以避免围设形成后腔300的内壁出现直角、尖角等尖锐结构。当然，侧壁1372与底壁1371的内壁面之间可以全部圆弧连接。
在一些实施例中，结合图39，第二侧壁13722和第四侧壁13724相对于底壁1371的高度可以均大于第一侧壁13721和第三侧壁13723相对于底壁1371的高度，以允许机芯14嵌设在第二侧壁13722与第四侧壁13724之间，第一侧壁13721和第三侧壁13723分别与机芯14朝向底壁1371的一侧抵接。此时，在上述厚度方向上，第一连通孔1375的尺寸可以大于或者等于底壁1371与机芯14之间的间距，第二连通孔1376的尺寸可以大于或者等于底壁1371与机芯14之间的间距，以避免围设形成后腔300的内壁出现直角、尖角等尖锐结构，进而有利于消除驻波。进一步地，保持部13还可以包括弹性支撑在隔板137与机芯壳体131之间的第一密封件1381和第二密封件1382，例如第一密封件1381弹性支撑在第二侧壁13722与第二壳体1315之间并环绕第一连通孔1375，再例如第二密封件1382弹性支撑在第四侧壁13724与第二壳体1315之间并环绕第二连通孔1376。进一步地，第一连通孔1375的出口端可以盖设第一声阻网1383，第一声阻网1383背离侧壁1372的一侧还可以盖设一防护罩。类似地，第二连通孔1376的出口端可以盖设第二声阻网1384，第二声阻网1384背离侧壁1372的一侧还可以盖设一防护罩。其中，声阻网既可以增加防水防尘性能，又可以降漏音；防护罩的结构强度大于声阻网的结构强度，以避免声阻网被外物戳破。进一步地，第二声阻网1384的孔隙率可以小于或者等于第一声阻网1383的孔隙率。
作为示例性地，第一密封件1381可以包括第一延伸部13811和与第一延伸部13811连接的第二延 伸部13812，第二延伸部13812沿第一延伸部13811的侧向延伸。其中，第一延伸部13811和第二延伸部13812可以分别贴合固定在侧壁1372和底壁1371背离后腔300的一侧，以增大第一密封件1381与隔板137之间的结合面积。相应地，第一延伸部13811允许第一声阻网1383对应于第一连通孔1375的区域显露，例如第一延伸部13811环绕第一连通孔1375及其上的第一声阻网1383，以便于后腔300与耳机10的外部连通。进一步地，第一延伸部13811可以将第一声阻网1383压持固定在侧壁1372背离后腔300的一侧，以避免第一声阻网1383与侧壁1372脱离。
本实施例中，第二密封件1382的结构及其与隔板137之间的连接关系可以与第一密封件1381的相同或者相似，在此不再赘述。进一步地，第一密封件1381和第二密封件1382可以通过注塑工艺形成在隔板137上。
需要说明的是：本实施例中，机芯14、隔板137及其上的声阻网和密封件等结构件可以形成一扬声器组件，也即是模块化，以便于组装。
在其他一些实施例中，结合图44，第二侧壁13722可以被省略；第四侧壁13724可以部分用于设置第二连通孔1376，且相对于底壁1371的高度可以等于第一侧壁13721和第三侧壁13723相对于底壁1371的高度，以一同抵接在磁路系统141上。此时，第一密封件1381可以先埋设在第一密封件1381或者第二壳体1315预设的沉槽内，再将第一密封件1381贴合固定在第二壳体1315上，进而由第二壳体1315和第一密封件1381共同夹持第一声阻网1383，再进行随后的组装。其中，第一密封件1381朝向第二壳体1315的一侧可以设有一用于容纳第一声阻网1383的沉槽。类似地，第二密封件1382及第二声阻网1384也可以贴合固定在第二壳体1315上，进而形成一壳体组件，也即是模块化，以便于组装。
基于上述的详细描述，并为了便于描述，现结合图47作如下定义：前腔200可以具有一允许前腔200与耳机10的外部连通的第一开口201，后腔300可以具有一允许后腔300与耳机10的外部连通的第二开口301和第三开口302。相应地，第二开口301可以相较于第一开口201和第三开口302更远离耳孔。其中，前述第一开口至第三开口是指前腔200或者后腔300与耳机10外部的有效连通区域，即声音在从前腔200或者后腔300传输至耳机10外部的过程中所经过的横截面最小的区域。例如：机芯14与第一壳体1314(及盖板1316)配合形成前腔300，第一开口201对应于出声孔1311。在耳机10设有隔板137的实施例中，也即是隔板137与机芯14配合形成后腔300，如果泄压孔1312的实际面积大于第二连通孔1376的实际面积，那么第二开口301对应于第二连通孔1376；如果泄压孔1312的实际面积小于第二连通孔1376的实际面积，那么第二开口301对应于泄压孔1312；如果泄压孔1312与第二连通孔1376彼此错位设置，那么第二开口301对应于泄压孔1312和第二连通孔1376彼此不被遮挡的那部分。第三开口302与之类似，在此不再赘述。在其他一些耳机10未设有隔板137的实施例中，也即是第二壳体1315与机芯14配合形成后腔300，第二开口301和第三开口302分别直接对应于泄压孔1312和调声孔1313。当然，如果耳机10未设有前腔200和后腔300中的至少一个，那么相应的开口自然也可以不复存在。
进一步地，为了便于描述，本申请所述的有效面积可以定义为上述有效连通区域的实际面积与所盖设的声阻网的孔隙率的乘积。例如：当第一开口201盖设有声阻网时，第一开口201的有效面积则为第一开口201的实际面积与该声阻网的孔隙率的乘积；而当第一开口201未盖设有声阻网时，第一开口201的有效面积则为第一开口201的实际面积。第二开口301和第三开口302与之类似，在此不再赘述。本申请中，第三开口302的有效面积可以小于第二开口301的有效面积。
在一些实施例中，结合图39及图44，第二连通孔1376的出口端的实际面积可以小于或者等于第一连通孔1375的出口端的实际面积，以使得调声孔1313与后腔300的有效连通区域的实际面积可以小于或者等于泄压孔1312与后腔300之间的有效连通区域的实际面积。其中，泄压孔1312的出口端的实际面积可以大于或者等于第一连通孔1375的出口端的实际面积。此时，调声孔1313的出口端在上述长度方向上的尺寸可以等于泄压孔1312的出口端在上述长度方向上的尺寸；和/或，调声孔1313的出口端在上述厚度方向上的尺寸可以等于泄压孔1312的出口端在上述厚度方向上的尺寸。如此，不仅可以通过连通孔的大小分别调节调声孔1313和泄压孔1312处后腔300与耳机10外部的有效连通区域的实际面积，以满足相应的声学设计需求，还可以使得调声孔1313和泄压孔1312在外观上看起来差别不大，以增加外观一致性，并可以允许他们使用同一规格的声阻网，以降低物料种类/避免混料。当然，在其他一些实施例中，调声孔1313的大小也可以随着第二连通孔1376的变化而变化，使之与泄压孔1312在外观上看起来差别较大，以增加外观辨识度。进一步地，第二声阻网1384的孔隙率也可以小于或者等于第一声阻网1383的孔隙率，以使得调声孔1313与后腔300的有效连通区域的有效面积可以小于或者等于泄压孔1312与后腔300之间的有效连通区域的有效面积。
进一步地，泄压孔1312与后腔300的有效连通区域(例如第一连通孔1375)在上述长度方向上可以具有第一中心(记作O1)，调声孔1313与后腔300的有效连通区域(例如第二连通孔1376)在上 述长度方向上可以具有第二中心(记作O2)，且第二中心在上述长度方向上可以相较于第一中心更远离出声孔1311的中心(例如O0)，也即是更靠近上文中提及的第三侧壁13723，以尽可能地拉大调声孔1313与出声孔1311之间的距离，进而减弱经调声孔1313输出至耳机10外部的声音与经出声孔1311向耳部传输的声音之间的反相相消。
需要说明的是：本申请所述的孔或者开口的中心是指到围成前述孔或者开口的封闭曲线的四周距离相等的位置。其中，对于圆形、矩形等规则形状，本申请所述的孔或者开口的中心可以为其几何中心；对于其他不规则形状，本申请所述的孔或者开口的中心可以为其形心。
结合图48，经第一开口201传输至耳机10外部的声音可以简单地视作单极子声源A1形成的第一声音，经第二开口301传输至耳机10外部的声音可以简单地视作单极子声源A2形成的第二声音，第二声音与第一声音可以相位相反，使之能够在远场反相相消，也即是形成“声偶极子”，以降漏音。优选地，在佩戴状态下，两个单极子声源的连线可以恰好指向耳孔(记作“听音位置”)，以便于用户听到足够大的声音。其中，听音位置处的声压大小(记作Pear)可以用来表征用户听到的声音强弱。进一步地，统计以用户听音位置为中心的球面上的声压大小(记作Pfar)，可以用来表征耳机10向远场辐射的漏音强弱。其中，可以采用多种统计方式获得Pfar，例如取球面各点处声压的平均值，再例如取球面各点声压分布进行面积分等。显然，耳机10传递到用户耳部的声压Pear应该足够大，以增加听音效果；远场的声压Pfar应该足够小，以增加降漏音效果。因此，可以取参数α作为评价耳机10降漏音/听音效果的指标：
Figure PCTCN2021109154-appb-000001
进一步地，耳机10处于佩戴状态时，保持部13在耳部上的正投影可以主要是落在耳轮范围内，例如保持部13位于耳孔靠近用户头顶一侧，并在耳部的前侧与对耳轮接触。此时，第一开口201可以位于对耳轮和上耳根之间，并向耳孔传输声音。进一步地，由于耳甲腔和耳甲艇具有一定的深度，并与耳孔连通，使得第一开口201在耳部上的正投影可以至少部分落在耳甲腔和/或耳甲艇内，以便于经第一开口201传输至耳机10外部的声音向耳孔传输。不仅如此，结合图49及图50，耳部还相当于一设置在听音位置附近的挡板，对传输至耳机10外部的声音具有汇聚、反射等作用，进而改变声场分布，不仅有利于增大听音位置的声压，还有利于减小远场的声压。具体而言，听音位置设置在挡板与单极子声源A1之间，挡板使得声场分布发生畸变，进而使得听音位置的声压增加；与此同时，整个声场中仍保留较大面积的反相相消区域，进而使得远场的声压降低。值得注意的是：用户的头部也可以作为挡板的一部分。进一步地，由于两个单极子声源到耳部的距离可以远小于耳部的大小，使得耳部可以实现类似于声反射镜的效果。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：在声偶极子与挡板配合的理论模型中，结合图51，参数α主要受以下因素的影响：两个单极子声源之间的连线(记作A1-A2)与挡板的法线之间的夹角θ、两个单极子声源之间的间距d、单极子声源A1与听音位置之间的距离D、挡板的长度L及其与听音位置之间的距离B。其中，在夹角θ及间距d一定的情况下，挡板的长度L越大，距离B越小，参数α越小，即降漏音效果越好。基于上述的相关描述，用户的耳部即可视作挡板，使得长度L相对确定，例如约为50-80mm，距离B约为0。进一步地，为了增大听音位置的声压，以增加听音效果，第一开口201一般都会尽可能地靠近耳孔，也即是距离D一般会尽可能的小，例如第一开口201的中心与耳孔的中心之间的距离小于或者等于16mm，例如保持部13朝向耳孔的下边缘与钩状部11在上述高度方向上背离保持部13的最高点(例如CP1)之间的距离大于或者等于19mm。进一步地，间距d太小，会导致听音位置的声压减小，不利于听音；间距d太大，又会导致远场的声压增大，不利于降漏音。除此之外，还要考虑保持部13的实际大小。因此，第二开口301的中心与第一开口201的中心之间的距离可以介于7mm与15mm之间。在一具体实施例中，第二开口301和第一开口201的中心之间的距离可以为9mm。
进一步地，结合图52，以“无挡板”作为参照，“有挡板”明显有利于减小参数α，也即是增加降漏音效果；当夹角θ＝0°时，参数α达到最小值，表明能够获得最佳的降漏音效果。本申请中，夹角θ可以在±80°范围内；优选地，夹角θ可以在±40°范围内；更优选地，夹角θ可以在±20°范围内。其中，结合图47，考虑到第二开口301一般位于第一开口201远离耳孔的一侧，夹角θ可以仅取正数值。
作为示例性地，结合图53及图47，基于上述人体基本切面和基本轴中任意彼此垂直的三个即可建立一个三维的参考坐标系(记作X’Y’Z’)，那么两个单极子声源之间的连线与挡板的法线之间的夹角θ可以通过连线A1-A2分别与X’、Y’、Z’轴之间的夹角确定。其中，基于上述的相关描述， 两个单极子声源之间的连线A1-A2也可以视作第二开口301的中心(例如O1)与第一开口201的中心(例如O0)之间的连线(记作O1-O0)。基于此，连线O1-O0与上述矢状面之间的夹角θ1可以大于或者等于10°，优选地夹角θ1可以大于或者等于30°；与上述冠状面之间的夹角θ2可以大于0°，优选地夹角θ2可以大于或者等于4°；与上述水平面之间的夹角θ3可以小于或者等于80°，优选地夹角θ3可以小于或者等于60°。在一具体实施例中，三个夹角θ1、θ2和θ3可以分别为34°、5°和56°。
进一步地，耳机10处于佩戴状态时，保持部13可以紧贴耳部的前侧，且其上第一开口201也可以正对耳部，使之可以简单地视作上述挡板垂直于第一开口201的平均法线。基于此，连线O1-O0与垂直于第一开口201的平均法线的参考平面之间的夹角可以介于25°与55°之间。其中，前述平均法线的计算公式为：
Figure PCTCN2021109154-appb-000002
式中，
Figure PCTCN2021109154-appb-000003
为上述平均法线；
Figure PCTCN2021109154-appb-000004
为面上任意一点的法线，ds为面元。
显然，当第一开口210为一平面时，垂直于上述平均法线的参考平面也即是第一开口201的切平面；相应地，上述平均法线也可以平行于机芯14的振动方向和上述厚度方向。因此，连线O1-O0与前述振动方向之间的夹角可以介于0°与50°之间，优选地可以介于0°与40°之间。
进一步地，基于上述的相关描述，耳部可以简单地视作与声偶极子配合的挡板，那么通过耳部前侧上不共线的至少三个生理位置即可确定一参考平面，例如上耳根、屏间切迹和达尔文结节两两之间的连线形成一参考平面(记作LA-LB-LD)，该参考平面可以用以描述前述挡板。基于此，连线O1-O0与前述参考平面之间的夹角可以介于23°与53°之间。在一具体实施例中，连线O1-O0与前述参考平面之间的夹角可以为38°。
进一步地，耳机10处于佩戴状态时会与耳部形成多个接触点以保证佩戴的稳定性，因此耳机10上也会存在与这些接触点一一对应的位置；当然，在那些钩状部11设置有弹性部112的实施例中，弹性部112在佩戴前后的弹性形变可能会使得这种对应关系存在一定的偏差，这种偏差可以通过弹性部112的形变能力加以控制。因此，为了便于描述，我们认为这种偏差是可以容忍的。作为示例性地，结合图31及图59，保持部13远离固定组件20的自由端可以具有用于与耳部的前侧接触的第一参考点(例如CP0)，固定组件20可以具有用于与上耳根接触的第二参考点(例如CP3)和用于在耳部的后侧与耳部接触的第三参考点(例如CP6)，且第一参考点、第二参考点及第三参考点两两之间的连线形成一参考平面(记作CP0-CP3-CP6)，该参考平面可以用以描述前述挡板。基于此，连线O1-O0与前述参考平面之间的夹角可以介于15°与45°之间。在一具体实施例中，连线O1-O0与前述参考平面之间的夹角可以为30°。
需要说明的是：相较于上述挡板，耳部的前侧表面并非平坦的、规则的结构，因此上述与参数α相关的其他参数均是通过理论分析与实际测量获得的。其中，实际测量可以指将耳机10佩戴于上述模拟器(例如GRAS 45BC KEMAR)之后进行的测量。
众所周知地，虽然正常人的耳朵能感受到的声音的频率范围在20Hz与20kHz之间，但是并不代表这些声音都能够都被听到。一般而言，正常人的耳朵主要是听到频率在4kHz以下的声音。基于此，一方面，可以使得经第一开口201传输至耳机10外部的第一声音的谐振频率尽可能往高频偏移，进而使得第一声音的频响曲线在中高频段及以上频段尽可能的平坦，以增加听音效果。另一方面，可以使得经第二开口301传输至耳机10外部的第二声音的谐振频率也尽可能往高频偏移，既可以降低用户对漏音的敏感度，也可以使得上述反相相消可以扩展至高频段，以在降漏音的同时不影响听音效果。因此，第一声音的频响曲线可以具有第一中高频最低谐振峰，第一中高频最低谐振峰为第一开口201所形成的频响曲线的中高频及以上频段中所有谐振峰频率中的最低者；类似地，第二声音的频响曲线可以具有第二中高频最低谐振峰，第二中高频最低谐振峰为第二开口301所形成的频响曲线的中高频及以上频段中所有谐振峰频率中的最低者。简而言之，第一声音的频响曲线在中高频段及以上频段可以具有一频率最低的第一谐振峰；类似地，第二声音的频响曲线在中高频段及以上频段可以具有一频率最低的第二谐振峰。其中，第一中高频最低谐振峰和第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于5kHz。优选 地，第一中高频最低谐振峰和第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率均可以大于或者等于6kHz。进一步地，第一中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率与第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率之间的差值可以小于或者等于1kHz，以便于第二声音与第一声音在远场更好地反相相消。
需要说明的是：本申请中，低频段对应的频率范围可以为20-150Hz，中频段对应的频率范围可以为150-5kHz，高频段对应的频率范围可以为5k-20kHz。其中，中低频段对应的频率范围可以为150-500Hz，中高频段对应的频率范围可以为500-5kHz。对于本申请所述的频响曲线而言，横轴可以表示频率，其单位为Hz；纵轴可以表示强度，其单位为dB。进一步地，上述第一中高频最低谐振峰既可以包括因腔体共振产生的谐振峰，也可以包括因腔体的腔面反射产生的驻波峰；上述第二中高频最低谐振峰与之类似，在此不再赘述。
基于上述的详细描述，用户佩戴耳机10时主要是听第一声音，因此第一中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率对听音效果的影响较大。为此，对第一中高频最低谐振峰进行相应的研究，以便于增加听音效果。其中，第一声音的频响曲线在中高频段及以上频段的谐振峰可以主要是源于腔体共振，其一般满足亥姆霍兹共振腔的谐振频率的计算公式：
Figure PCTCN2021109154-appb-000005
式中，f0为腔体共振的谐振频率，c 0为声音在空气中的速度，S为第一开口201的实际面积，V为前腔200的体积，l为第一开口201的长度，r为第一开口201的等效半径。其中，l一般取决于壳体的壁厚。
显然，第一开口201的实际面积越大，前腔200的体积越小，腔体共振所对应的谐振频率越高，也即是第一中高频最低谐振峰越容易往更高的频率偏移。进一步地，第一开口201上一般还会盖设一声阻网，以增加防水防尘性能，并调整频响曲线。作为示例性地，第一开口201的有效面积可以大于或者等于2mm2。在一具体实施例中，第一开口201的实际面积可以大于或者等于7mm2，其上所盖的声阻网的孔隙率可以大于或者等于13％；和/或，孔隙尺寸可以大于或者等于18μm。进一步地，前腔200的体积可以小于或者等于90mm3。其中，前腔200的体积可以约为振膜143的面积与前腔200在机芯14的振动方向上的深度之积。基于此，在机芯14的规格型号选定之后，并在满足振膜143的振动行程的前提下，前腔200在前述振动方向上的深度越小越好。因此，前腔200在前述振动方向上的最大深度可以小于或者等于3mm，优选地小于或者等于1mm。
进一步地，结合图54，当前腔200设置成立方体结构时，前腔200的腔面会形成至少一对平行或者近似平行的反射面，进而形成驻波。具体而言，声波在腔体内反射时，入射波和反射波叠加形成固定的波腹波节，从而在特定的频率引发驻波。换言之，第一声音的频响曲线在中高频段及以上频段的谐振峰还可以源于驻波，其一般满足计算公式：
Figure PCTCN2021109154-appb-000006
n取正整数。
式中，f0为驻波峰的频率，c0为声音在空气中的速度，L为第一开口201的中心与前腔200的腔面之间的距离。
显然，距离L越小，驻波峰所对应的频率越高，也即是第一中高频最低谐振峰越容易往更高的频率偏移。作为示例性地，在垂直于机芯14的振动方向的参考平面(例如Y1Z1所在平面)上，第一开口201的中心与前腔200的腔面之间的距离可以小于或者等于17.15mm。
基于上述的相关描述，前腔200可以具有在机芯14的长轴方向上彼此间隔的第一前腔面202、第三前腔面204和在机芯14的短轴方向上彼此间隔的第二前腔面203、第四前腔面205。其中，第一前腔面202可以相较于第三前腔面204更靠近连接部12，第四前腔面205可以相较于第二前腔面203更靠近耳孔，且第一前腔面202和第三前腔面204之间的间距可以大于或者等于第二前腔面203和第四前腔面205之间的间距。进一步地，第一开口201的中心到第一前腔面202、第二前腔面203、第三前腔面204及第四前腔面205的垂直距离可以分别定义为第一距离L1、第二距离L2、第三距离L3及第四距离L4。此时，假设四个垂直距离有如下基本关系：L1≥L2≥L3≥L4，那么相应的驻波峰所对应的频率则有如下关系：f1≤f2≤f3≤f4。显然，第一声音在中高频段及以上频段的第一个驻波峰将由四个垂直距离中最大的那个决定，因此可以是L1≤17.15。作为示例性地，第一距离可以小于或者等于第三距离，第四距离可以小于或者等于第二距离，以使得第一开口201更加靠近耳孔。
需要说明的是：第一开口201可以在机芯14的振动方向上与振膜143相对，且第一开口201在机 芯14的长轴方向上的尺寸与第一开口201在机芯14的短轴方向上的尺寸之间的比值可以小于或者等于3，例如第一开口201设置成圆形，再例如第一开口201设置成跑道形。
结合图55，耳机10还可以包括与前腔200连通的亥姆霍兹共振腔400，亥姆霍兹共振腔400设置成减弱第一中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振强度，也即是吸收前腔200在峰值谐振频率附近的声能，以抑制峰值谐振强度的突增，使得频响曲线更加平坦，进而使得音质更加均衡。作为示例性地，并结合图56，亥姆霍兹共振腔400连通前腔200的开口处于打开状态(记作“HR_Y”)时的第一中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振强度与亥姆霍兹共振腔400连通前腔200的开口处于关闭状态(记作“HR_N”)时的第一中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振强度之间的差值可以大于或者等于3dB。进一步地，亥姆霍兹共振腔400与前腔200连通的开口上还可以设有一声阻网，以进一步调整频响曲线。其中，声阻网的孔隙率可以大于或者等于3％。
进一步地，亥姆霍兹共振腔400的数量可以为多个，以更好地吸收前腔200在峰值谐振频率附近的声能。其中，多个亥姆霍兹共振腔400可以设置成与前腔200并列，例如分别与前腔200连通；或者，多个亥姆霍兹共振腔400可以设置成与前腔200串联，例如通过其中一个与前腔200连通。
在一些实施例中，结合图36，亥姆霍兹共振腔400可以设置在第二区域13B内，例如设置在柔性包覆结构132内。具体而言，柔性包覆结构321内的盲孔1321除了用于为柔性包覆结构132提供形变空间之外，还可以兼作亥姆霍兹共振腔400。相应地，盖板1316上留有连通亥姆霍兹共振腔400与前腔200的连通孔。
在其他一些实施例中，结合图41，亥姆霍兹共振腔400可以设置在连接部12内，例如设置在第三壳体122与第一壳体1314之间。具体而言，第一壳体1314朝向第三壳体122的内壁面上可以设有第一凸缘，第三壳体122压持在第一凸缘上，以围设形成亥姆霍兹共振腔400；或者第三壳体122朝向第一壳体1314的内壁面上可以设有第二凸缘，第一壳体1314压持在第二凸缘上，以围设形成亥姆霍兹共振腔400。简而言之，第三壳体122与第一壳体1314扣合即可形成亥姆霍兹共振腔400。进一步地，亥姆霍兹共振腔400还可以通过吹塑工艺形成，进而放置并固定在连接部12内。
基于上述的详细描述，为了使得第二声音的谐振频率也尽可能往高频偏移，后腔300也可以采用与前腔200相同或者相似的技术方案，在此不再赘述。与前腔200的主要区别在于：针对驻波，后腔300还可以通过破坏后腔300中声场的高压区的方式，使得后腔300中驻波的波长变短，进而使得第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率尽可能的大。其中，结合图47，第三开口302可以设置在后腔300中声场的高压区，例如第三开口302与第二开口301位于机芯14的相对两侧。作为示例性地，并结合图58，第三开口302处于打开状态(记作“Turn-on”)时的第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以相较于第三开口302处于关闭状态(记作“Turn-off”)时的第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率向高频偏移，且偏移量可以大于或者等于1kHz。进一步地，第三开口302的有效面积可以小于第二开口301的有效面积，以便于调节第二中高频最低谐振峰的峰值谐振频率。当然，第二开口301在机芯14的长轴方向上的尺寸也可以大于第一开口201在机芯14的长轴方向上的尺寸。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图57，后腔300可以具有在机芯14的长轴方向上彼此间隔的第一后腔面303和第二后腔面304，第二开口302和第三开口则可以在机芯14的短轴方向上彼此间隔。其中，第三开口302的实际面积可以小于第二开口301的实际面积，以便于第三开口302的有效面积可以小于第二开口301的有效面积。此时，第一后腔面303和第二后腔面304中至少一者靠近第三开口302的区段沿机芯14的振动方向观察可以呈弧形设置，以避免围设形成后腔300的内壁出现直角、尖角等尖锐结构，进而有利于消除驻波。进一步地，第一腔面303和第三腔面305中至少一者沿前述短轴方向观察可以呈弧形设置，同样有利于消除驻波。
进一步地，第二开口301的开口方向可以朝向用户头顶，例如其开口方向与上述垂直轴之间的夹角介于0°与10°之间，以允许第二开口301相较于第三开口302更远离耳孔，进而使得用户以及周围环境中的其他人难以听到经第二开口301输出至耳机10外部的声音，以降漏音。其中，第二开口301的开口方向可以指其平均法线所在方向。相应地，第二开口301在机芯14的长轴方向上可以具有第一中心(例如O1)，第三开口302在前述长轴方向上可以具有第二中心(例如O2)，且第二中心在前述长轴方向上相较于第一中心更远离第一开口201的中心，以尽可能地拉大第三开口302与第一开口201之间的距离，进而减弱经第三开口302输出至耳机10外部的声音与经第一开口201向耳部传输的声音之间的反相相消。其中，第一后腔面303可以相较于第二后腔面304更靠近连接部12，且第一后腔面303的至少部分区段的曲率半径可以大于第二后腔面204的对应区段的曲率半径。
作为示例性地，第一后腔面303可以包括顺次连接的第一子后腔面3031、第二子后腔面3032及第三子后腔面3033，第一子后腔面3031可以相较于第三子后腔面3033更靠近第二开口301且更远离第二后腔面304。其中，第二子后腔面3032和第三子后腔面3033中至少第二子后腔面3032可以呈弧形 设置。例如：第二子后腔面3032呈圆弧形设置，且圆弧半径大于或者等于2mm。此时，在第二开口301指向第三开口302的方向上，第二子后腔面3032的切线与机芯14的短轴方向之间的夹角可以逐渐变大，第三子后腔面3033的切线与前述短轴方向之间的夹角可以保持不变或者逐渐变小。
需要说明的是：本申请所述的固定组件20与保持部13连接，主要是用于在佩戴状态下使得保持部13与耳部的前侧接触。基于此，在一些实施例中，固定组件20可以包括钩状部11以及连接钩状部11和保持部13的连接部12，相关的结构及其连接关系可以参照本申请任一实施例的详细描述，在此不再赘述。在其他一些实施例中，结合图59，固定组件20可以呈环状设置并绕设在耳部上，例如图59中(a)所示；还可以设置成耳挂及后挂结构并绕设在头部的后侧，例如图59中(b)所示；也可以设置成头梁结构并绕设在头顶，例如图59中(c)所示。进一步地，本申请所述的技术方案除了应用于耳机，还可以应用于助听器、音频眼镜或者其他诸如AR、VR、MR等智能眼镜。
以上所述仅为本申请的部分实施例，并非因此限制本申请的保护范围，凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效装置或等效流程变换，或直接或间接运用在其它相关的技术领域，均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。

Claims (25)

  1. 一种耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括钩状部、连接部和保持部，其中在佩戴状态下，所述钩状部用于挂设在用户的耳部的后侧与头部之间，所述保持部用于接触所述耳部的前侧，所述连接部连接所述钩状部与所述保持部，并从所述头部向所述头部的外侧延伸，进而与所述钩状部配合为所述保持部提供对所述耳部的前侧的压紧力。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，在从所述钩状部与所述连接部之间的第一连接点到所述钩状部的自由端的方向上，所述钩状部向所述耳部的后侧弯折，并与所述耳部的后侧形成第一接触点，所述保持部与所述耳部的前侧形成第二接触点，其中在自然状态下所述第一接触点和所述第二接触点沿所述连接部的延伸方向的距离小于在佩戴状态下所述第一接触点和所述第二接触点沿所述连接部的延伸方向的距离，进而为所述保持部提供对所述耳部的前侧的压紧力。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述钩状部还与所述耳部的后侧形成第三接触点，所述第三接触点位于所述第一连接点与所述第一接触点之间，并靠近所述第一连接点，其中在自然状态下所述第一接触点和所述第三接触点在垂直于所述连接部的延伸方向的参考平面上的投影之间的距离小于在佩戴状态下所述第一接触点和所述第三接触点在垂直于所述连接部的延伸方向的参考平面上的投影之间的距离。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，在从所述钩状部和所述连接部之间的第一连接点到所述钩状部的自由端的方向上，所述钩状部向所述头部弯折，并与所述头部形成第一接触点和第二接触点，其中所述第一接触点位于所述第二接触点与所述第一连接点之间，进而使得所述钩状部形成以所述第一接触点为支点的杠杆结构，所述头部在所述第二接触点处提供的指向所述头部外侧的作用力经所述杠杆结构转化为所述第一连接点处的指向所述头部的作用力，进而经所述连接部为所述保持部提供对所述耳部的前侧的压紧力。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部延伸并保持在所述耳部的耳甲艇内。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述钩状部的内部设置有弹性金属丝，所述弹性金属丝在其横截面上具有彼此正交的长轴方向和短轴方向，所述弹性金属丝在所述长轴方向上的尺寸大于所述弹性金属丝在所述短轴方向上的尺寸，使得所述钩状部与所述保持部配合对所述耳部形成弹性夹持。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弹性金属丝在所述长轴方向上的尺寸与所述弹性金属丝在所述短轴方向上的尺寸之间的比值介于4:1与6:1之间。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弹性金属丝在所述短轴方向上呈圆弧状，且圆弧高度与所述弹性金属丝在所述长轴方向上的尺寸之间的比值在0.1-0.4范围之内。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括延伸部，所述延伸部设置在所述保持部，并在佩戴状态下伸入所述耳部的耳甲腔、耳甲艇、三角窝和耳舟中的任意一者内；和/或，所述延伸部设置在所述钩状部，并在佩戴状态下钩住所述耳部的耳轮和/或对耳轮。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的耳机，其特征在于，在佩戴状态下，所述保持部与用户的皮肤接触的一侧定义为内表面，与所述内表面相对的一侧定义为外表面，所述保持部朝向所述耳部的耳孔的一侧定义为下表面，与所述下表面相对的一侧定义为上表面，所述保持部朝向所述耳部后侧的一侧定义为后表面，所述延伸部设置在所述内表面、所述下表面、所述上表面、所述后表面中的任意一者。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述延伸部与所述保持部可拆卸连接。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述延伸部通过一弹性套套设在所述保持部上。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，在佩戴状态下，所述连接部与所述保持部的下边缘连接。
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部设置有机芯，并为多段结构，以调节所述机芯在所述耳机的整体结构上的相对位置。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部包括依次首尾连接的第一保持段、第二保持段和第三保持段，所述第一保持段背离所述第二保持段的一端与所述连接部连接，所述第二保持段相对于所述第一保持段回折，并具有一间距，以使得所述第一保持段和所述第二保持段呈U字形结构，所述机芯设置在所述第三保持段。
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部包括依次首尾连接的第一保持段、第二保持段和第三保持段，所述第一保持段背离所述第二保持段的一端与所述连接部连接，所述第二保持段相对于所述第一保持段弯折，所述第三保持段与所述第一保持段彼此并排设置，且具有一间距，所述机芯设置在所述第三保持段。
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部具有彼此正交的厚度方向、长度方向和高度方向，所述厚度方向定义为在佩戴状态下所述保持部靠近或者远离所述耳部的方向，所述高度方向定义为在佩戴状态下所述保持部靠近或者远离用户头顶的方向，在自然状态下，并从所述耳机在佩戴状态下朝向用户头顶一侧观察，所述保持部至少与所述钩状部靠近所述连接部的区段在所述厚度方向上间隔设置，所述连接部呈弧形设置并连接在所述保持部与所述钩状部之间。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的耳机，其特征在于，在所述厚度方向上，所述钩状部靠近所述连接部的区段与所述保持部之间的最小间距大于0并小于或者等于5mm。
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述钩状部靠近所述连接部的区段、所述连接部和所述保持部朝向所述耳部一侧的边缘呈迂回延伸的弧形设置，且在经过所述弧形的迂回拐点且平行于所述长度方向的参考方向上，在距离所述迂回拐点3mm的位置处所述弧形沿所述厚度方向的最小宽度介于1mm与5mm之间。
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部朝向所述耳部的一侧设有出声孔，在所述厚度方向上，所述出声孔的中心与所述钩状部靠近所述连接部的区段之间的距离介于3mm与6mm之间。
  21. 根据权利要求17所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部朝向所述耳部的一侧包括第一区域和第二区域，所述第一区域设有出声孔，所述第二区域相较于所述第一区域更远离所述连接部，且相较于所述第一区域朝向所述耳部凸起，以允许所述出声孔在佩戴状态下与所述耳部间隔。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的耳机，其特征在于，在所述厚度方向上，所述第二区域与所述钩状部靠近所述连接部的区段之间的距离介于1mm与5mm之间。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述钩状部靠近所述连接部的区段沿所述厚度方向的正投影与所述第二区域部分重叠。
  24. 根据权利要求21所述的耳机，其特征在于，在所述厚度方向上，所述第二区域相对于所述第一区域的最大凸起高度大于或者等于1mm。
  25. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述保持部与所述耳部的对耳轮接触。
PCT/CN2021/109154 2014-01-06 2021-07-29 一种耳机 Ceased WO2022022618A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (34)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112022023629A BR112022023629A2 (pt) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Fone de ouvido
MX2022016098A MX2022016098A (es) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Auricular.
KR1020227045388A KR102769972B1 (ko) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 이어폰
CA3185608A CA3185608C (en) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Earphone
CN202180027709.9A CN115428473B (zh) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 一种耳机
EP22216662.1A EP4187918A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Earphone
AU2021314878A AU2021314878B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Earphone
PE2022002925A PE20230883A1 (es) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Auricular
EP21850910.7A EP4124062A4 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 HEADPHONES
JP2022577715A JP7541126B2 (ja) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 イヤホン
BR122022026446-8A BR122022026446A2 (pt) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 Fone de ouvido
KR1020227042942A KR102662483B1 (ko) 2020-07-29 2021-07-29 이어폰
CN202111408328.3A CN115243137B (zh) 2021-04-25 2021-11-19 一种耳机
KR1020227044224A KR102714280B1 (ko) 2021-04-25 2021-11-19 이어폰
BR112022023372-8A BR112022023372B1 (pt) 2021-04-25 2021-11-19 Fones de ouvido
JP2022580472A JP7541131B2 (ja) 2021-04-25 2021-11-19 イヤホン
EP21938133.2A EP4131997A4 (en) 2021-04-25 2021-11-19 HEADPHONES
PCT/CN2021/131927 WO2022227514A1 (zh) 2021-04-25 2021-11-19 一种耳机
US17/457,258 US11838705B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-12-02 Earphone
US17/646,304 US11985473B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-12-29 Earphone
US17/646,492 US12088989B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-12-30 Earphone
TW111111172A TWI851980B (zh) 2021-04-25 2022-03-24 一種耳機
US18/047,639 US12094444B2 (en) 2021-04-25 2022-10-18 Earphones
US18/057,219 US12279084B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-11-20 Earphone
CONC2022/0018340A CO2022018340A2 (es) 2020-07-29 2022-12-16 Auricular
US18/356,200 US12389172B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-07-20 Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US18/361,844 US12413915B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-07-29 Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US18/476,225 US20240031725A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2023-09-27 Earphone
US18/475,376 US20240031723A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2023-09-27 Earphone
US18/476,212 US20240031724A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2023-09-27 Earphone
US18/476,276 US12506997B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2023-09-27 Earphone
US18/476,438 US20240031726A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2023-09-28 Earphone
US18/506,118 US20240073583A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2023-11-09 Earphone
US18/829,242 US20250008255A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2024-09-09 Earphone

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010743396.4 2020-07-29
CN202010743396 2020-07-29
CN202011328519.4 2020-11-24
CN202011328519 2020-11-24

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/332,747 Continuation-In-Part US12477280B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-06-11 Open earphones
US18/334,401 Continuation-In-Part US12452572B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-06-14 Earphones

Related Child Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/457,258 Continuation-In-Part US11838705B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2021-12-02 Earphone
US17/646,304 Continuation-In-Part US11985473B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-12-29 Earphone
US17/646,492 Continuation-In-Part US12088989B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-12-30 Earphone
US18/057,219 Continuation US12279084B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2022-11-20 Earphone
PCT/CN2023/079410 Continuation-In-Part WO2024087443A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2023-03-02 一种开放式耳机

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022022618A1 true WO2022022618A1 (zh) 2022-02-03

Family

ID=80037638

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/109154 Ceased WO2022022618A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2021-07-29 一种耳机

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (6) US11838705B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP4187918A1 (zh)
JP (1) JP7541126B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR102662483B1 (zh)
CN (8) CN114286240A (zh)
AU (1) AU2021314878B2 (zh)
BR (2) BR112022023629A2 (zh)
CL (1) CL2022003659A1 (zh)
CO (1) CO2022018340A2 (zh)
DE (3) DE202021004575U1 (zh)
MX (1) MX2022016098A (zh)
PE (1) PE20230883A1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2022022618A1 (zh)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023160664A1 (zh) * 2022-02-25 2023-08-31 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机组件
JP2023182165A (ja) * 2022-06-14 2023-12-26 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
WO2024197463A1 (zh) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
JP2024536953A (ja) * 2022-09-15 2024-10-10 深▲せん▼市冠旭電子股▲ふん▼有限公司 開放型イヤホン
CN118985138A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-11-19 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
JP2025013721A (ja) * 2023-06-30 2025-01-24 ラディウス株式会社 骨伝導イヤホン

Families Citing this family (78)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12581249B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2026-03-17 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US12483842B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2025-11-25 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US12457457B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2025-10-28 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US12464299B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2025-11-04 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
CN109547906B (zh) * 2019-01-05 2023-12-08 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
US12506997B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2025-12-23 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Earphone
JP7541126B2 (ja) * 2020-07-29 2024-08-27 シェンツェン・ショックス・カンパニー・リミテッド イヤホン
USD971886S1 (en) * 2020-09-10 2022-12-06 Harman International Industries, Incorporated Headphone
US11516573B2 (en) * 2020-09-19 2022-11-29 Shenzhen Mengda Network Technology Co., Ltd. Split bone conduction earphone
CN114513717B (zh) 2021-02-03 2025-05-16 深圳市大十未来科技有限公司 一种具有多支撑部的耳机
CN114903258B (zh) * 2021-02-10 2025-11-18 华为技术有限公司 距离调节装置和距离调节装置的控制方法
USD965566S1 (en) * 2021-03-29 2022-10-04 Shure Acquisition Holdings, Inc. Pair of earphones
USD954029S1 (en) * 2021-07-19 2022-06-07 Shenzhen Huoer Technology Co., Ltd Wireless earphone
US20250142245A1 (en) * 2021-09-23 2025-05-01 Shenzhen Cogitation Technology Co., Ltd Earphone
USD1042407S1 (en) * 2021-12-17 2024-09-17 Shenzhen Grandsun Electronic Co., Ltd. Earphone
USD967072S1 (en) * 2022-04-21 2022-10-18 Shenzhen Winnershine Electronics Co., Ltd. Wireless earbuds
USD1056874S1 (en) * 2022-07-27 2025-01-07 Shenzhen Grandsun Electronic Co., Ltd. Pair of earphones
USD1046823S1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-10-15 Shenzhen Fenda Smart Technology Limited Earphone
US12207038B2 (en) * 2022-08-26 2025-01-21 Bose Corporation Open-ear headphone
EP4460036A4 (en) * 2022-08-31 2025-04-16 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. HEADPHONES
CN115499745A (zh) * 2022-09-15 2022-12-20 深圳市冠旭电子股份有限公司 耳挂式耳机
USD989044S1 (en) * 2022-09-22 2023-06-13 Shenzhen Huoer Technol Ogy Co, Ltd Wireless earphone
CN119014004A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-11-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN220043614U (zh) * 2022-10-28 2023-11-17 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
CN118525525A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-08-20 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
EP4460038A4 (en) * 2022-10-28 2025-07-02 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd EARPHONE
JP7772436B6 (ja) * 2022-10-28 2025-12-10 シェンチェン ショックス カンパニー リミテッド イヤホン
KR20240137618A (ko) 2022-10-28 2024-09-20 썬전 샥 컴퍼니, 리미티드 이어폰
CN118266232A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-06-28 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
WO2024087908A1 (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-05-02 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
JP2025512492A (ja) * 2022-10-28 2025-04-17 シェンチェン ショックス カンパニー リミテッド 開放型イヤホン
CN118541990B (zh) 2022-10-28 2025-09-05 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN117956366A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-04-30 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN118830261A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-10-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
WO2024087907A1 (zh) 2022-10-28 2024-05-02 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
EP4456553A4 (en) 2022-10-28 2025-05-07 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. OPEN EARPHONE
CN118679754A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-09-20 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
EP4475559A4 (en) * 2022-10-28 2025-08-06 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd OPEN EAR HEADPHONES
KR20240158964A (ko) * 2022-10-28 2024-11-05 썬전 샥 컴퍼니, 리미티드 개방식 이어폰
CN117956357A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-04-30 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN220693317U (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-03-29 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
JP7832719B2 (ja) * 2022-10-28 2026-03-18 シェンチェン ショックス カンパニー リミテッド 開放型イヤホン
USD1113856S1 (en) 2022-11-04 2026-02-17 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Earphone
CA221460S (en) * 2022-11-04 2025-01-13 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd Earphone
CN116132867A (zh) * 2022-11-18 2023-05-16 深圳市科奈信科技有限公司 耳机
CN115835078A (zh) * 2022-11-18 2023-03-21 深圳市凡灵科技有限公司 一种气传导蓝牙耳机及三点佩戴方法
EP4485965A4 (en) * 2022-11-25 2025-05-21 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Earphone
WO2024113331A1 (zh) * 2022-12-01 2024-06-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN119014005A (zh) * 2022-12-01 2024-11-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机的充电盒
CN222621147U (zh) * 2022-12-01 2025-03-14 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 壳体组件及电子设备
JP1746767S (ja) * 2022-12-07 2023-06-20 イヤホン
CN118283470A (zh) * 2022-12-30 2024-07-02 华为技术有限公司 耳机及一副耳机
EP4550826A4 (en) * 2022-12-30 2025-10-15 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd HEADPHONES
USD1055029S1 (en) * 2023-01-11 2024-12-24 Jrumz Ear Wear LLC Pair of wireless earphones
WO2024197459A1 (zh) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN119404520A (zh) * 2023-03-24 2025-02-07 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 机芯模组和耳机
KR20250025755A (ko) * 2023-03-24 2025-02-24 썬전 샥 컴퍼니, 리미티드 음향출력장치
WO2024197465A1 (zh) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
WO2024197454A1 (zh) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 主控电路板和耳机
WO2024197456A1 (zh) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
USD1041445S1 (en) * 2023-04-12 2024-09-10 Shenzhen Beijiabi Technology Co., Ltd. Earphones with charging case
EP4607951A4 (en) * 2023-05-12 2026-03-18 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd Wearing component and earphone
USD1053167S1 (en) * 2023-06-06 2024-12-03 Tozo Inc Earphones and charging case set
CN119172674A (zh) * 2023-06-20 2024-12-20 刘垣皜 耳挂式耳机
CN116709097A (zh) * 2023-06-30 2023-09-05 深圳市大十未来科技有限公司 一种耳机
USD1060316S1 (en) * 2023-07-04 2025-02-04 Shenzhen XinShuoYa Electronics Co., Ltd Earphone
JP1795614S (ja) * 2023-07-17 2025-04-08 ヘッドホン
CN120897141A (zh) * 2023-07-28 2025-11-04 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 耳机
USD1070823S1 (en) * 2023-08-08 2025-04-15 Shenzhen Baseus Technology Co., Ltd Earphone
US20250106543A1 (en) * 2023-09-26 2025-03-27 Anker Innovations Technology Co., Ltd. Open earphone
WO2025118814A1 (zh) * 2023-12-04 2025-06-12 深圳市大十未来科技有限公司 耳机及具有多种使用姿态的耳夹
DE212024000217U1 (de) * 2023-12-11 2026-01-05 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Ohrclip-Kopfhörer
USD1119868S1 (en) * 2024-04-16 2026-03-24 Shenzhen Earfun Technology Co., Ltd. Combined earphone and earphone box
USD1040141S1 (en) * 2024-04-30 2024-08-27 Shenzhen Zhongbaile Technology Co., Ltd Wireless earphones with charging case
WO2025245674A1 (zh) * 2024-05-27 2025-12-04 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种气导扬声器及耳机
JP1793237S (ja) * 2024-06-13 2025-03-11 ワイヤレスブルートゥースイヤホン
USD1057685S1 (en) * 2024-09-30 2025-01-14 Zhaoqing Junfeng Electronics Co., Ltd Earphone
USD1063899S1 (en) * 2024-09-30 2025-02-25 Yangdun (Shenzhen) Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Charging case with wireless earphones

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN202931524U (zh) * 2011-05-23 2013-05-08 Jvc建伍株式会社 耳挂和耳机
CN204539469U (zh) * 2015-02-10 2015-08-05 苏州佑克骨传导科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机架
CN104883635A (zh) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-02 宁波升亚电子有限公司 一种近头式扬声器装置及其应用
US20170048603A1 (en) * 2006-01-12 2017-02-16 Sony Corporation Earphone device
US20170357214A1 (en) * 2016-06-14 2017-12-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Strap and electronic device including the same
CN107682765A (zh) * 2016-08-01 2018-02-09 深圳市金马通讯有限公司 一种伸缩式后挂耳机

Family Cites Families (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6449374B1 (en) * 1999-03-22 2002-09-10 Plantronics, Inc. Conformable earhook for an over-the-ear headset
US7536008B2 (en) 2002-03-02 2009-05-19 Logitech Europe S.A. Antihelix-conforming ear-mount for personal audio-set
KR100557198B1 (ko) 2003-11-29 2006-03-03 주식회사 이어메카 무선 귀걸이형 이어폰
JP2005217695A (ja) * 2004-01-29 2005-08-11 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd 耳掛け式通話装置
US8401219B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2013-03-19 Apple Inc. Headset connector
US20070172091A1 (en) * 2006-01-24 2007-07-26 Chia-Hsin Tsai Ear hook for a wireless headset and a carrying device thereof
US8249287B2 (en) 2010-08-16 2012-08-21 Bose Corporation Earpiece positioning and retaining
US10291980B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2019-05-14 Bose Corporation Earpiece positioning and retaining
US7916888B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2011-03-29 Bose Corporation In-ear headphones
US8075387B2 (en) 2006-10-06 2011-12-13 Scientific Games International, Inc. Multiplier for lottery game
US7841446B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2010-11-30 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Bandless hearing protector and method
US7648005B2 (en) * 2007-04-30 2010-01-19 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Clip-style hearing protector
NO328038B1 (no) 2007-06-01 2009-11-16 Freebit As Forbedret oreenhet
ATE519337T1 (de) * 2007-09-04 2011-08-15 Gn Netcom As Ohrhörereinrichtung mit bistabilem muschelwandstabilisierer
US20090067658A1 (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-03-12 Hsien Cheng Lin Portable over-the-ear miniature sound box device
JP2013026768A (ja) 2011-07-20 2013-02-04 Molex Inc イヤホン用コネクタ
US8885856B2 (en) 2011-12-28 2014-11-11 Starkey Laboratories, Inc. Hearing aid with integrated flexible display and touch sensor
DK201270411A (en) 2012-07-06 2014-01-07 Gn Resound As BTE hearing aid having two driven antennas
TW201427421A (zh) 2012-12-19 2014-07-01 Sunplus Technology Co Ltd 一種對鄰頻道干擾不敏感之快速盲掃方法
JP6107581B2 (ja) 2013-09-30 2017-04-05 株式会社Ｊｖｃケンウッド 耳掛け式ヘッドホン
US20240007804A1 (en) * 2014-01-06 2024-01-04 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
SE538540C2 (sv) 2015-05-15 2016-09-13 Zound Ind Int Ab An ear support audio listening arrangement
US10291977B2 (en) 2015-08-05 2019-05-14 Emotiv Inc. Method and system for collecting and processing bioelectrical and audio signals
CN108702560B (zh) * 2016-03-01 2020-11-24 索尼公司 声音输出装置
CN206323527U (zh) * 2016-12-13 2017-07-11 杨应聪 耳机组件、耳机以及蓝牙耳机
CN207053730U (zh) * 2017-08-07 2018-02-27 深圳市一光年创新科技有限公司 一种后挂式无线蓝牙耳机
CN207039851U (zh) * 2017-08-18 2018-02-23 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
US10674244B2 (en) * 2018-02-21 2020-06-02 Bose Corporation Audio device
US10687138B2 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-06-16 Plantronics, Inc. Conformable headset earloop for stability and comfort
US11653144B2 (en) * 2019-08-28 2023-05-16 Bose Corporation Open audio device
CN210157362U (zh) * 2019-09-09 2020-03-17 烟台永利电器有限公司 一种便于佩戴防脱落式运动蓝牙耳机
US10951970B1 (en) * 2019-09-11 2021-03-16 Bose Corporation Open audio device
CN210491148U (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-05-08 深圳市创想听力技术有限公司 骨传导耳机
CN114846815A (zh) * 2019-12-23 2022-08-02 伯斯有限公司 开放式音频设备
JP7541126B2 (ja) * 2020-07-29 2024-08-27 シェンツェン・ショックス・カンパニー・リミテッド イヤホン

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170048603A1 (en) * 2006-01-12 2017-02-16 Sony Corporation Earphone device
CN202931524U (zh) * 2011-05-23 2013-05-08 Jvc建伍株式会社 耳挂和耳机
CN104883635A (zh) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-02 宁波升亚电子有限公司 一种近头式扬声器装置及其应用
CN204539469U (zh) * 2015-02-10 2015-08-05 苏州佑克骨传导科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机架
US20170357214A1 (en) * 2016-06-14 2017-12-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Strap and electronic device including the same
CN107682765A (zh) * 2016-08-01 2018-02-09 深圳市金马通讯有限公司 一种伸缩式后挂耳机

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4124062A4 *

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023160664A1 (zh) * 2022-02-25 2023-08-31 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机组件
JP2023182165A (ja) * 2022-06-14 2023-12-26 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
JP7827560B2 (ja) 2022-06-14 2026-03-10 Ｎｔｔ株式会社 音響信号出力装置
JP2024536953A (ja) * 2022-09-15 2024-10-10 深▲せん▼市冠旭電子股▲ふん▼有限公司 開放型イヤホン
JP7703659B2 (ja) 2022-09-15 2025-07-07 深▲せん▼市冠旭電子股▲ふん▼有限公司 開放型イヤホン
CN118985138A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2024-11-19 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
WO2024197463A1 (zh) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
JP2025013721A (ja) * 2023-06-30 2025-01-24 ラディウス株式会社 骨伝導イヤホン
JP7653573B2 (ja) 2023-06-30 2025-03-28 ラディウス株式会社 骨伝導イヤホン

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PE20230883A1 (es) 2023-05-31
CN115428473A (zh) 2022-12-02
CN115428473B (zh) 2025-12-05
EP4187918A1 (en) 2023-05-31
CO2022018340A2 (es) 2022-12-20
BR112022023629A2 (pt) 2023-02-23
KR20230009435A (ko) 2023-01-17
JP7541126B2 (ja) 2024-08-27
US12088989B2 (en) 2024-09-10
DE202021004575U1 (de) 2025-11-21
DE202021004619U1 (de) 2026-03-02
CN218162797U (zh) 2022-12-27
CN114286240A (zh) 2022-04-05
US20220124423A1 (en) 2022-04-21
MX2022016098A (es) 2023-02-13
CL2022003659A1 (es) 2023-05-26
CN216752038U (zh) 2022-06-14
US20220124428A1 (en) 2022-04-21
US20230082738A1 (en) 2023-03-16
KR102662483B1 (ko) 2024-05-07
CN220087447U (zh) 2023-11-24
BR122022026446A2 (pt) 2023-04-11
AU2021314878B2 (en) 2024-02-15
US11985473B2 (en) 2024-05-14
US12279084B2 (en) 2025-04-15
CN217159946U (zh) 2022-08-09
AU2021314878A1 (en) 2023-01-19
US20220095029A1 (en) 2022-03-24
US11838705B2 (en) 2023-12-05
US20240073583A1 (en) 2024-02-29
US20250008255A1 (en) 2025-01-02
EP4124062A4 (en) 2023-08-09
CN217935889U (zh) 2022-11-29
EP4124062A1 (en) 2023-01-25
CN218830542U (zh) 2023-04-07
DE202021004614U1 (de) 2026-03-09
JP2023530725A (ja) 2023-07-19
CA3185608A1 (en) 2022-02-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2021314878B2 (en) Earphone
CN218162787U (zh) 一种耳机
KR102769972B1 (ko) 이어폰
US20240031726A1 (en) Earphone
CA3185608C (en) Earphone
CN218387818U (zh) 一种耳机
US20240031723A1 (en) Earphone
HK40081739A (zh) 耳机

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21850910

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021850910

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221021

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3185608

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 122022026446

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202218074785

Country of ref document: IN

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112022023629

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227042942

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022577715

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: NC2022/0018340

Country of ref document: CO

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: NC2022/0018340

Country of ref document: CO

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021314878

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20210729

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112022023629

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20221121

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE